MC13892BJVLR2 [NXP]

1-CHANNEL POWER SUPPLY MANAGEMENT CKT, PBGA186, 12 X 12 MM, 0.80 MM PITCH, ROHS COMPLIANT, PLASTIC, BGA-186;
MC13892BJVLR2
型号: MC13892BJVLR2
厂家: NXP    NXP
描述:

1-CHANNEL POWER SUPPLY MANAGEMENT CKT, PBGA186, 12 X 12 MM, 0.80 MM PITCH, ROHS COMPLIANT, PLASTIC, BGA-186

文件: 总158页 (文件大小:2139K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Document Number: MC13892  
Rev. 19.0, 4/2014  
Freescale Semiconductor  
Technical Data  
Power Management Integrated  
Circuit (PMIC) for i.MX35/51  
13892  
The MC13892 is a Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC)  
designed specifically for use with the Freescale i.MX35 and i.MX51  
families. It is also compatible with the i.MX27, i.MX31, and i.MX37  
application processors targeting netbooks, ebooks, smart mobile  
devices, smart phones, personal media players, and portable  
navigation devices. This device is powered by SMARTMOS  
technology.  
POWER MANAGEMENT  
Features  
• Battery charger system for wall charging and USB charging  
• 10-bit ADC for monitoring battery and other inputs, plus a coulomb  
counter support module  
VL SUFFIX  
98ASA10849D  
186-PIN 12X12MM BGA  
VK SUFFIX  
98ASA10820D  
139-PIN 7X7MM BGA  
• Four adjustable output buck regulators for direct supply of the  
processor core and memory  
• 12 adjustable output LDOs with internal and external pass devices  
• Boost regulator for supplying RGB LEDs  
• Serial backlight drivers for displays and keypad, plus RGB LED  
drivers  
ORDERING INFORMATION  
See Device Variation Table on Page 2.  
• Power control logic with processor interface and event detection  
• Real time clock and crystal oscillator circuitry, with coin cell backup  
and support for external secure real time clock on a companion  
system processor IC  
• Touch screen interface  
• SPI/I2C bus interface for control and register access  
BT (+FM)  
Camera  
Line  
In/Out  
Cara  
SSI  
Stereo  
Loudspeakers  
i.MX51  
Apps Processor  
Audio  
IC  
Mic Inputs  
Display  
Backlight  
USB  
Stereo  
headphones  
UI  
Power  
SPI/I2C  
Power  
UI  
Backlight  
Adapter  
MC13892  
Charger LED  
Power Management  
RGB  
Color  
Indicators  
Integrated Circuit  
Li Ion  
Battery  
Touch  
Screen  
Coin Cell  
Battery  
CALENDAR  
RTC  
Figure 1. MC13892 Typical Operating Circuit  
© Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., 2010 - 2014. All rights reserved.  
DEVICE VARIATIONS  
DEVICE VARIATIONS  
Table 1. MC13892 Device Variations  
Temperature  
Part Number(1)  
Notes  
Package  
Pin Map  
Description  
Range (T )  
A
(2)  
(3)  
MC13892CJVK  
Global Reset Function Default ON  
Global Reset Function Default OFF  
No Global Reset Function  
MC13892AJVK  
(2) (4)  
(3)  
MC13892DJVK  
MC13892BJVK  
139-PIN  
7x7 mm BGA  
Figure 3  
(3)  
MC13892VK  
MC13892JVK  
(3)  
-40 to +85 °C  
(2)  
MC13892CJVL  
MC13892AJVL  
Global Reset Function Default ON  
Global Reset Function Default OFF  
No Global Reset Function  
(3)  
(2) (4)  
(3)  
MC13892DJVL  
MC13892BJVL  
186-PIN  
12x12 mm BGA  
Figure 4  
(3)  
MC13892VL  
MC13892JVL  
(3)  
Notes  
1. For Tape and Reel product, add an “R2” suffix to the part number.  
2. Recommended for all new designs  
3. Not recommended for new designs  
4. Backward compatible replacement part for MC13892VK, MC13892JVK, MC13892VL, MC13892JVL, MC13892BJVK, and  
MC13892BJVL  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
2
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
 
 
INTERNAL BLOCK DIAGRAM  
INTERNAL BLOCK DIAGRAM  
Charger Interface and Control:  
4 bit DAC, Clamp, Protection,  
Trickle Generation  
Battery Interface &  
Protection  
PWGTDRV1  
Tri-Color  
LED Drive  
Backlight  
LED Drive  
PWR Gate  
Drive & Chg  
Pump  
PWGTDRV2  
LICELL, UID, Die Temp, GPO4  
Voltage /  
Current  
Sensing &  
Translation  
GNDADC  
SW1IN  
O/P  
Drive  
SW1OUT  
GNDSW1  
SW1FB  
SW1  
1050 mA  
Buck  
ADIN5  
ADIN6  
SW2IN  
ADIN7  
TSX1  
O/P  
Drive  
SW2OUT  
GNDSW2  
SW2FB  
10 Bit GP  
ADC  
A/D Result  
SW2  
800 mA  
Buck  
MUX  
TSX2  
TSY1  
SW3IN  
A/D  
Control  
Touch  
Screen  
Interface  
O/P  
Drive  
SW3OUT  
GNDSW3  
SW3FB  
SW3  
800 mA  
Buck  
TSY2  
Trigger  
Handling  
Die Temp &  
Thermal Warning  
Detection  
To Interrupt  
Section  
TSREF  
SW4IN  
ADTRIG  
O/P  
Drive  
SW4OUT  
GNDSW4  
SW4FB  
SW4  
800 mA  
Buck  
BATTISNSCC  
CFP  
BATT  
Coulomb  
Counter  
DVS1  
DVS2  
CCOUT  
DVS  
CONTROL  
To SPI  
CFM  
Package Pin Legend  
SWBSTIN  
SWBSTOUT  
O/P  
Output Pin  
SWBST  
300 mA  
Boost  
Drive  
MC13892  
IC  
SWBSTFB  
GNDSWBST  
Input Pin  
SPIVCC  
Shift Register  
Bi-directional Pin  
CS  
SPI  
Interface  
+
Muxed  
I2C  
CLK  
SPI  
To Enables & Control  
MOSI  
MISO  
SPI Control  
Registers  
VVIDEODRV  
VVIDEO  
Optional  
Interface  
VVIDEO  
VUSB2  
GNDSPI  
Shift Register  
VINUSB2  
VUSB2  
Pass  
FET  
VINAUDIO  
VAUDIO  
VCORE  
Pass  
FET  
VAUDIO  
MC13892  
VCOREDIG  
Reference  
Generation  
REFCORE  
GNDCORE  
VINIOHI  
VIOHI  
Pass  
FET  
VIOHI  
VPLL  
VINPLL  
VPLL  
Pass  
FET  
VINDIG  
VDIG  
Pass  
FET  
UID  
VDIG  
VBUS/ID  
Detectors  
UVBUS  
VINCAMDRV  
Pass  
FET  
VCAM  
VCAM  
VSDDRV  
VSD  
VSD  
VBUSEN  
OTG  
5V  
To  
Trimmed  
Circuits  
SPI  
VGEN1DRV  
VGEN1  
Trim-In-Package  
VUSB  
Regulator  
VGEN1  
Control  
Logic  
VINUSB  
VUSB  
VGEN2DRV  
VGEN2  
VGEN2  
VGEN3  
Startup  
Sequencer  
Decode  
Trim?  
Control  
Logic  
PUMS  
PLL  
VINGEN3DRV  
VGEN3  
Switchers  
Pass  
FET  
Monitor  
Timer  
BP  
LCELL  
Switch  
RTC +  
Calibration  
32 KHz  
Internal  
Osc  
LICELL  
SPI Result  
Registers  
Interrupt  
Inputs  
Enables &  
Control  
Li Cell  
Charger  
32 KHz  
Buffers  
Best  
of  
GNDREG1  
Supply  
GNDREG2  
GNDREG3  
GPO  
Control  
32 KHz  
Crystal  
Osc  
VSRTC  
Figure 2. MC13892 Simplified Internal Block Diagram  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
3
PIN CONNECTIONS  
PIN CONNECTIONS  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
BATT  
BP  
11  
12  
13  
A
B
C
D
E
F
VUSB2  
VUSB2  
VUSB2  
GPO1  
VSDDRV  
VSD  
VINUSB2  
DVS2  
SWBSTIN  
SWBSTOUT  
GNDSWBST  
LEDB  
GNDBL  
LEDKP  
NC  
MODE  
VCORE  
CHRGRAW  
CHRGCTRL2 CHRGCTRL2  
LEDR  
GNDCORE  
VCOREDIG  
CHRGCTRL1 BATTISNSCC CHRGCTRL2  
Regulators  
Switchers  
Backlights  
Control Logic  
Charger  
RTC  
VI NPLL  
VUSB  
CHRGISNS  
BPSNS  
INT  
BATTI SNS  
PWRON1  
GNDSW1  
SW1OUT  
SW1IN  
SWBSTFB  
LEDG  
LEDMD  
GNDLED  
LEDAD  
DVS1  
UID  
REFCORE  
PUMS2  
CHRGSE1B  
GNDCHRG  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
PWRON3  
CFM  
LICELL  
CHRGLED  
GPO3  
BATTFET  
PWRON2  
GPO2  
UVBUS  
GNDSW3  
SW3OUT  
SW3IN  
VPLL  
ADTRIG  
VBUSEN  
VINUSB  
MISO  
SW3FB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDADC  
VCAM  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDREG1  
CFP  
RESETBMCU  
RESETB  
GPO4  
G
H
J
SW4FB  
GNDREG2  
GNDREG3  
STANDBY  
CLK32K  
PUMS1  
GNDCTRL  
TSX1  
WDI  
Grounds  
USB  
GNDSPI  
SW1FB  
SW2FB  
ADIN6  
STANDBYSEC  
TSX2  
SW2IN  
SW4IN  
MOSI  
CLK32KMCU  
PWGTDRV1  
SW2OUT  
GNDSW2  
VVIDEO  
TSREF  
ADC  
K
L
SW4OUT  
GNDSW4  
VGEN3  
VGEN3  
SPIVCC  
CS  
ADIN5  
VVIDEODRV  
TSY2  
SPI/I2C  
No Connect  
M
N
CLK  
VGEN2  
VSRTC  
GNDRTC  
XTAL2  
VINCAMDRV PWGTDRV2  
VDIG  
VINDIG  
VIOHI  
VGEN1DRV  
VI NIOHI  
ADI N7  
TSY1  
VGEN3  
VINGEN3DRV VGEN2DRV  
XTAL1  
VINAUDIO  
VAUDIO  
VGEN1  
TSREF  
TSREF  
Figure 3. MC13892VK Pin Connections  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
4
Freescale Semiconductor  
PIN CONNECTIONS  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
CHRGCTRL2  
GNDCHRG  
BPSNS  
13  
CHRGISNS  
BATTISNSCC  
GPO3  
14  
A
B
C
D
E
F
VUSB2  
GPO1  
VINUSB2  
GNDSUB  
SWBSTFB  
GNDSUB  
VINPLL  
SWBSTOUT  
GNDSUB  
LEDB  
SWBSTIN  
LEDR  
GNDSUB  
UID  
NC  
MODE  
VCORE  
BATT  
CHRGRAW  
BP  
Regulators  
Switchers  
Backlights  
Control Logic  
Charger  
RTC  
VSDDRV  
VSD  
DVS1  
REFCORE  
PUMS2  
GNDCORE  
VCOREDIG  
CHRGCTRL1  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
CHRGSE1B  
LICELL  
BATTISNS  
PUMS1  
DVS2  
LEDG  
LEDKP  
LEDAD  
BATTFET  
PWRON1  
PWRON2  
GNDCTRL  
GNDSUB  
VUSB  
VPLL  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSWBST  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
VSRTC  
GNDLED  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
STANDBY  
XTAL1  
LEDMD  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
VCAM  
GNDBL  
CHRGLED  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
VGEN1DRV  
VINIOHI  
PWRON3  
GPO2  
ADTRIG  
INT  
GPO4  
UVBUS  
SW3OUT  
GNDSW3  
SW3IN  
SW4IN  
GNDSW4  
SW4OUT  
CLK  
GNDREG2  
VBUSEN  
GNDSW3  
SW3IN  
SW4IN  
GNDSW4  
CS  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
VINAUDIO  
CFP  
RESETBMCU  
SW1OUT  
GNDSW1  
SW1IN  
VINUSB  
SW3FB  
WDI  
RESETB  
GNDSW1  
SW1IN  
G
H
J
SW1FB  
Grounds  
USB  
GNDSUB  
SW4FB  
GNDSUB  
SW2FB  
SW2IN  
SW2IN  
ADC  
K
L
SPIVCC  
GNDSPI  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
CLK32K  
VVIDEODRV  
STANDBYSEC  
TSX1  
GNDSW2  
VVIDEO  
TSX2  
GNDSW2  
SW2OUT  
TSY1  
SPI/I2C  
VDIG  
CFM  
TSY2  
VGEN1  
GNDADC  
VINDIG  
No Connect  
M
N
P
VINGEN3DRV CLK32KMCU  
VINCAMDRV  
VAUDIO  
GNDSUB  
VGEN3  
MOSI  
MISO  
VGEN2  
GNDREG3  
VGEN2DRV  
XTAL2  
PWGTDRV2  
GNDSUB  
VIOHI  
ADIN5  
ADIN7  
TSREF  
PWGTDRV1  
GNDSUB  
GNDRTC  
GNDSUB  
GNDSUB  
GNDREG1  
ADIN6  
Figure 4. MC13892VL Pin Connections  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
5
PIN CONNECTIONS  
Table 2. MC13892 Pin Definitions  
A functional description of each pin can be found in the Functional Description.  
Pin Number  
Pin Number on  
the 13982VL  
12x12 mm  
on the  
13982VK  
7x7 mm  
Rating  
(V)  
Pin Name  
Pin Function  
Formal Name  
Definition  
Output regulator for USB PHY  
Input regulator VUSB2  
Switcher BST input  
A1, A2, B1  
A2  
A3  
A5  
VUSB2  
VINUSB2  
SWBSTIN  
3.6  
5.5  
5.5  
Output  
Power  
Power  
USB 2 Supply  
A3  
A4  
USB 2 Supply Input  
Switcher Boost Power  
Input  
Ground for switcher BST  
Ground for serial LED drive  
Do not connect  
A5  
A6  
A7  
A8  
D5  
D8  
A7  
A8  
GNDSWBST  
GNDBL  
NC  
Ground  
Ground  
Switcher Boost Ground  
Backlight LED Ground  
No Connect  
USB LBP mode, normal mode, test mode  
selection,& anti-fuse bias  
MODE  
9.0  
Input  
Mode Configuration  
Regulated supply output for the IC analog  
core circuitry  
A9  
A9  
VCORE  
BATT  
3.6  
5.5  
Output  
Input  
Core Supply  
1. Battery positive pin  
A10  
A10  
Battery Connection  
2. Battery current sensing point 2  
3. Battery supply voltage sense  
1. Charger input  
A11  
A11  
CHRGRAW  
20  
I/O  
Charger Input  
2. Output to battery supplied accesories  
Driver output for charger path FETs M2  
General purpose output 1  
A12, A13, B13  
B2  
A12  
B2  
CHRGCTRL2  
GPO1  
5.5  
3.6  
Output  
Output  
Charger Control 2  
General Purpose  
Output 1  
Switcher 2 DVS input pin  
Switcher BST BP supply  
B3  
C2  
DVS2  
3.6  
Input  
Dynamic Voltage  
Scaling Control 2  
B4  
B5  
A4  
C4  
SWBSTOUT  
LEDB  
7.5  
7.5  
Power  
Input  
Switcher Boost Output  
LED Driver  
General purpose LED current sink driver  
Blue  
Keypad lighting LED current sink driver  
General purpose LED current sink driver Red  
Ground for the IC core circuitry  
B6  
B7  
B8  
B9  
C6  
B5  
B9  
C9  
LEDKP  
LEDR  
28  
7.5  
Input  
Input  
LED Driver  
LED Driver  
GNDCORE  
VCOREDIG  
Ground  
Output  
Core Ground  
Regulated supply output for the IC digital  
core circuitry  
1.5  
Digital Core Supply  
1. Application supply point  
B10  
B11  
BP  
5.5  
Power  
Battery Plus  
2. Input supply to the IC core circuitry  
3. Application supply voltage sense  
Driver output for charger path FETs M1  
B11  
B12  
D9  
CHRGCTRL1  
BATTISNSCC  
20  
Output  
Input  
Charger Control 1  
Accumulated current counter current sensing  
point  
B13  
4.8  
Battery Current Sense  
Input regulator processor PLL  
Drive output regulated SD card  
Charge current sensing point 1  
Battery current sensing point 1  
C1  
C2  
E3  
B1  
VINPLL  
VSDDRV  
5.5  
5.5  
4.8  
4.8  
Power  
Output  
Input  
PLL Supply Input  
VSD Driver  
C12  
C13  
A13  
B14  
CHRGISNS  
BATTISNS  
Charger Current Sense  
Battery Current Sense  
Input  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
6
Freescale Semiconductor  
PIN CONNECTIONS  
Table 2. MC13892 Pin Definitions (continued)  
A functional description of each pin can be found in the Functional Description.  
Pin Number  
Pin Number on  
the 13982VL  
12x12 mm  
on the  
13982VK  
7x7 mm  
Rating  
(V)  
Pin Name  
Pin Function  
Formal Name  
Definition  
USB transceiver regulator output  
Output regulator SD card  
Switcher BST feedback  
D1  
D2  
D4  
D1  
C1  
C3  
VUSB  
VSD  
3.6  
3.6  
3.6  
Output  
Output  
Input  
USB Supply  
SD Card Supply  
SWBSTFB  
Switcher Boost  
Feedback  
Main display backlight LED current sink  
driver  
D5  
D6  
D7  
B7  
LEDMD  
DVS1  
28  
Input  
Input  
LED Driver  
Switcher 1DVS input pin  
3.6  
Dynamic Voltage  
Scaling Control 1  
Main bandgap reference  
D7  
D8  
D9  
B8  
REFCORE  
CHRGSE1B  
LICELL  
3.6  
3.6  
3.6  
Output  
Input  
I/O  
Core Reference  
Charger Select  
Charger forced SE1 detection input  
B10  
C10  
1. Coin cell supply input  
Coin Cell Connection  
2. Coin cell charger output  
Driver output for battery path FET M3  
D10  
D12  
C11  
C12  
BATTFET  
BPSNS  
4.8  
4.8  
Output  
Input  
Battery FET  
Connection  
1. BP sense point  
Battery Plus Sense  
2. Charge current sensing point 2  
Power on/off button connection 1  
D13  
E1  
D11  
E1  
PWRON1  
UVBUS  
3.6  
20  
Input  
I/O  
Power On 1  
USB Bus  
1. USB transceiver cable interface  
2. VBUS & OTG supply output  
Output regulator processor PLL  
E2  
E4  
D2  
C5  
VPLL  
3.6  
7.5  
Output  
Input  
Voltage Supply for PLL  
General purpose LED current sink driver  
Green  
LEDG  
PWM Driver for Green  
LED  
Ground for LED drivers  
E5  
E6  
E7  
D6  
B6  
C8  
GNDLED  
UID  
Ground  
Input  
LED Ground  
USB ID  
USB OTG transceiver cable ID  
Power up mode supply setting 2  
5.5  
3.6  
PUMS2  
Input  
Power Up Mode Select  
2
Ground for charger interface  
Trickle LED driver output 1  
Power on/off button connection 2  
ADC trigger input  
E8  
E9  
B12  
D10  
GNDCHRG  
CHRGLED  
PWRON2  
ADTRIG  
INT  
Ground  
Output  
Input  
Charger Ground  
Charger LED  
20  
3.6  
3.6  
3.6  
E10  
E11  
E12  
E13  
F1  
E11  
Power On 2  
D13  
Input  
ADC Trigger  
Interrupt to processor  
E13  
Output  
Ground  
Ground  
Input  
Interrupt Signal  
Switcher 1 Ground  
Switcher 3 Ground  
VBUS Enable  
Ground for switcher 1  
G13, G14  
G1, G2  
F2  
GNDSW1  
GNDSW3  
VBUSEN  
SW3FB  
Ground for switcher 3  
External VBUS enable pin for OTG supply  
Switcher 3 feedback  
F2  
3.6  
3.6  
28  
F4  
G3  
Input  
Switcher 3 Feedback  
Auxiliary Display LED  
Auxiliary display backlight LED sinking  
current driver  
F5  
C7  
LEDAD  
Input  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
F6  
A6, B3, B4, D3,  
D4, E4, E5, E6  
GNDSUB1  
Ground  
Ground 1  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
7
PIN CONNECTIONS  
Table 2. MC13892 Pin Definitions (continued)  
A functional description of each pin can be found in the Functional Description.  
Pin Number  
Pin Number on  
the 13982VL  
12x12 mm  
on the  
13982VK  
7x7 mm  
Rating  
(V)  
Pin Name  
Pin Function  
Formal Name  
Definition  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
F7  
F8  
E7, E8, E9, E10,  
F4, F5, F6  
GNDSUB2  
GNDSUB3  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground 2  
Ground 3  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
F7, F8, F9, F10,  
G4, G5, G6, G7,  
G8  
General purpose output 3  
General purpose output 2  
F9  
C13  
GPO3  
GPO2  
Output  
Output  
General Purpose  
Output 3  
F10  
E12  
3.6  
General Purpose  
Output 2  
Reset output for processor  
Reset output for peripherals  
Switcher 1 output  
F11  
F12  
F13  
G1  
E14  
F13  
F14  
F1  
RESETBMCU  
RESETB  
3.6  
3.6  
5.5  
5.5  
7.5  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Input  
MCU Reset  
Peripheral Reset  
Switcher 1 Output  
Switcher 3 Output  
VUSB Supply Input  
SW1OUT  
SW3OUT  
VINUSB  
Switcher 3 output  
Input option for UVUSB; tie to SWBST at top  
level  
G2  
F3  
Switcher 4 feedback  
G4  
G5  
G6  
J3  
SW4FB  
3.6  
Input  
Switcher 4 Feedback  
Regulator 2 Ground  
Ground 4  
Ground for regulators 2  
E2  
GNDREG2  
GNDSUB4  
Ground  
Ground  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
G9, G10, G11,  
H3, H5, H6, H7,  
H8  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
G7  
G8  
G9  
H9, H10, H12,  
J5, J6, J7  
GNDSUB5  
GNDSUB6  
PUMS1  
Ground  
Ground  
Input  
Ground 5  
Ground 6  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
J8, J9, J10, K4,  
K5, K6, K7  
Power up mode supply setting 1  
C14  
3.6  
Power Up Mode Select  
1
Watchdog input  
G10  
G12  
F12  
D14  
WDI  
3.6  
3.6  
Input  
Watchdog Input  
General purpose output 4  
GPO4  
Output  
General Purpose  
Output 4  
Input voltage for switcher 1  
Switcher 3 input  
G13  
H1  
H2  
H4  
H5  
H6  
H13, H14  
H1, H2  
P2  
SW1IN  
SW3IN  
5.5  
5.5  
3.6  
Input  
Power  
I/O  
Switcher 1 Input  
Switcher 3 Input  
Master In Slave Out  
SPI Ground  
Primary SPI read output  
Ground for SPI interface  
Ground for regulators 3  
MISO  
L3  
GNDSPI  
GNDREG3  
GNDSUB7  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
N4  
Regulator 3 Ground  
Ground 7  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
K8, K10, L4, L5,  
L6, L10  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
H7  
H8  
H9  
P5, P7, P8, P9,  
P10  
GNDSUB8  
GNDSUB9  
GNDCTRL  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground  
Ground 8  
Ground 9  
Non critical signal ground and thermal heat  
sink  
Ground for control logic  
F11  
Logic Control Ground  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
8
Freescale Semiconductor  
PIN CONNECTIONS  
Table 2. MC13892 Pin Definitions (continued)  
A functional description of each pin can be found in the Functional Description.  
Pin Number  
Pin Number on  
the 13982VL  
12x12 mm  
on the  
13982VK  
7x7 mm  
Rating  
(V)  
Pin Name  
Pin Function  
Formal Name  
Definition  
Switcher 1 feedback  
H10  
H12  
G12  
L12  
SW1FB  
3.6  
3.6  
Input  
Input  
Switcher 1 Feedback  
Standby input signal from peripherals  
STANDBYSEC  
Secondary Standby  
Signal  
Input voltage for Switcher 2  
Switcher 4 input  
H13  
J1  
J2  
J4  
J5  
J6  
J7  
J8  
J9  
J13, J14  
J1, J2  
N2  
SW2IN  
SW4IN  
5.5  
5.5  
3.6  
3.6  
3.6  
Input  
Power  
Input  
Switcher 2 Input  
Switcher 4 Input  
Master Out Slave In  
32 kHz Clock for MCU  
Standby Signal  
Primary SPI write input  
MOSI  
32 kHz clock output for processor  
Standby input signal from processor  
Ground for A to D circuitry  
Ground for regulators 1  
M3  
CLK32KMCU  
STANDBY  
GNDADC  
GNDREG1  
PWRON3  
TSX1  
Output  
Input  
M6  
N11  
P12  
Ground  
Ground  
Input  
ADC Ground  
Regulator 1 Ground  
Power On 3  
Power on/off button connection 3  
Touch screen interface X1  
D12  
M12  
3.6  
3.6  
Input  
Touch Screen  
Interface X1  
Switcher 2 feedback  
J10  
J12  
J12  
SW2FB  
TSX2  
3.6  
3.6  
Input  
Input  
Switcher 2 Feedback  
Touch screen interface X2  
M13  
Touch Screen  
Interface X2  
Switcher 2 output  
J13  
K1  
L14  
L1  
SW2OUT  
SW4OUT  
SPIVCC  
PWGTDRV1  
CLK32K  
VCAM  
5.5  
5.5  
3.6  
4.8  
3.6  
3.6  
4.8  
4.8  
4.8  
4.8  
5.5  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Switcher 2 Output  
Switcher 4 Output  
Supply Voltage for SPI  
Power Gate Driver 1  
32 kHz Clock  
Switcher 4 output  
Supply for SPI bus and audio bus  
Power gate driver 1  
K2  
K3  
K4  
P3  
Output  
Output  
Output  
Passive  
Passive  
Input  
32 kHz clock output for peripherals  
Output regulator camera  
K5  
M4  
K6  
L7  
Camera Supply  
Accumulated current filter cap plus pin  
Accumulated current filter cap minus pin  
ADC generic input channel 5  
ADC generic input channel 6  
Drive output regulator VVIDEO  
Ground for switcher 2  
K7  
M8  
CFP  
Current Filter Positive  
Current Filter Negative  
ADC Channel 5 Input  
ADC Channel 6 Input  
VVIDEO Driver  
K8  
M9  
CFM  
K9  
N12  
P13  
K12  
K13, K14  
K1, K2  
L2  
ADIN5  
K10  
K12  
K13  
L1  
ADIN6  
Input  
VVIDEODRV  
GNDSW2  
GNDSW4  
CS  
Output  
Ground  
Ground  
Input  
Switcher 2 Ground  
Switcher 4 Ground  
Chip Select  
Ground for switcher 4  
Primary SPI select input  
L2  
3.6  
3.6  
Touch screen interface Y2  
L12  
L11  
TSY2  
Input  
Touch Screen  
Interface Y2  
Output regulator TV DAC  
Output GEN3 regulator  
L13  
L13  
N1  
VVIDEO  
VGEN3  
3.6  
3.6  
Output  
Output  
Video Supply  
M1, N1, N2  
General Purpose  
Regulator 3  
Primary SPI clock input  
Output GEN2 regulator  
M2  
M3  
M1  
N3  
CLK  
3.6  
3.6  
Input  
Clock  
VGEN2  
Output  
General Purpose  
Regulator 2  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
9
PIN CONNECTIONS  
Table 2. MC13892 Pin Definitions (continued)  
A functional description of each pin can be found in the Functional Description.  
Pin Number  
Pin Number on  
the 13982VL  
12x12 mm  
on the  
13982VK  
7x7 mm  
Rating  
(V)  
Pin Name  
Pin Function  
Formal Name  
Definition  
Output regulator for SRTC module on  
processor  
M4  
M5  
M6  
M5  
P6  
M7  
VSRTC  
GNDRTC  
3.6  
Output  
Ground  
I/O  
SRTC Supply  
Ground for the RTC block  
Real Time Clock  
Ground  
1. Input regulator camera using internal  
PMOS FET.  
VINCAMDRV  
5.5  
Camera Regulator  
SupplyInputandDriver  
Output  
2. Drive output regulator for camera voltage  
using external PNP device.  
Power gate driver 2  
M7  
M8  
N8  
L9  
PWGTDRV2  
VDIG  
4.8  
3.6  
5.5  
5.5  
4.8  
3.6  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Power Gate Driver 2  
Digital Supply  
Output regulator digital  
Input regulator digital  
M9  
P11  
M10  
N13  
M14  
VINDIG  
VGEN1DRV  
ADIN7  
VDIG Supply Input  
VGEN1 Driver  
Drive output GEN1 regulator  
ADC generic input channel 7, group 1  
Touch screen interface Y1  
M10  
M11  
M12  
Output  
Input  
ADC Channel 7 Input  
TSY1  
Input  
Touch Screen  
Interface Y1  
Touch screen reference  
M13, N12,  
N13  
N14  
M2  
TSREF  
3.6  
5.5  
Output  
Touch Screen  
Reference  
1. Input VGEN3 regulator  
N3  
VINGEN3DRV  
Power/Output VGEN3 Supply Input  
and Driver Output  
2. Drive VGEN3 output regulator  
Drive output GEN2 regulator  
N4  
N5  
N6  
N7  
N8  
N9  
N10  
P4  
N5  
N6  
L8  
VGEN2DRV  
XTAL2  
5.5  
2.5  
2.5  
5.5  
3.6  
3.6  
5.5  
Output  
Input  
VGEN2 Driver  
Crystal Connection 2  
Crystal Connection 1  
Audio Supply Input  
Audio Supply  
32.768 kHz oscillator crystal connection 2  
32.768 kHz oscillator crystal connection 1  
Input regulator VAUDIO  
XTAL1  
Input  
VINAUDIO  
VAUDIO  
VIOHI  
Power  
Output  
Output  
Input  
Output regulator for audio  
N7  
N9  
N10  
Output regulator high voltage IO, efuse  
Input regulator high voltage IO  
High Voltage IO Supply  
VINIOHI  
High Voltage IO Supply  
Input  
Input GEN1 regulator  
N11  
M11  
VGEN1  
3.6  
Output  
General Purpose  
Regulator 1  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
10  
Freescale Semiconductor  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
MAXIMUM RATINGS  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
MAXIMUM RATINGS  
Table 3. Maximum Ratings  
All voltages are with respect to ground unless otherwise noted. Exceeding these ratings may cause a malfunction or  
permanent damage to the device.  
Ratings  
Symbol  
Value  
Unit  
ELECTRICAL RATINGS  
Charger and USB Input Voltage(5)  
MODE pin Voltage  
VCHRGR  
VMODE  
-0.3 to 20  
-0.3 to 9.0  
-0.3 to 28  
V
V
V
Main/Aux/Keypad Current Sink Voltage  
V
LEDMD,  
V
LEDAD,  
V
LEDKP  
Battery Voltage  
Coin Cell Voltage  
ESD Voltage(6)  
VBATT  
-0.3 to 4.8  
-0.3 to 3.6  
V
V
V
VLICELL  
V
ESD  
Human Body Model - HBM with Mode pin excluded(9)  
Charge Device Model - CDM  
±1500  
±250  
THERMAL RATINGS  
Ambient Operating Temperature Range  
Operating Junction Temperature Range  
Storage Temperature Range  
T
-40 to +85  
-40 to +125  
-65 to +150  
°C  
°C  
°C  
A
T
J
T
STG  
THERMAL RESISTANCE  
(8)  
Peak Package Reflow Temperature During Reflow(7)  
,
°C  
TPPRT  
Note 8  
Notes  
5. USB Input Voltage applies to UVBUS pin only  
6. ESD testing is performed in accordance with the Human Body Model (HBM) (CZAP = 100 pF, RZAP = 1500 ) and the Charge Device  
Model (CDM), Robotic (CZAP = 4.0 pF).  
7. Pin soldering temperature limit is for 10 seconds maximum duration. Not designed for immersion soldering. Exceeding these limits may  
cause malfunction or permanent damage to the device.  
8. Freescale’s Package Reflow capability meets Pb-free requirements for JEDEC standard J-STD-020C. For Peak Package Reflow  
Temperature and Moisture Sensitivity Levels (MSL), Go to www.freescale.com, search by part number [e.g. remove prefixes/suffixes  
and enter the core ID to view all orderable parts. (i.e. MC33xxxD enter 33xxx), and review parametrics.  
9. Mode Pin is not ESD protected.  
Table 4. Dissipation Ratings  
Rating Parameter  
Junction to Ambient Natural Convection  
Junction to Ambient Natural Convection  
Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min)  
Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min)  
Junction to Board  
Condition  
Symbol  
VK Package  
VL Package  
Unit  
Single layer board (1s)  
Four layer board (2s2p)  
Single layer board (1s)  
Four layer board (2s2p)  
RJA  
RJMA  
RJMA  
RJMA  
RJB  
104  
54  
65  
42  
55  
38  
28  
22  
5.0  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
°C/W  
88  
49  
32  
Junction to Case  
RJC  
29  
Junction to Package Top  
Natural Convection  
JT  
7.0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
11  
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
CURRENT CONSUMPTION  
RTC Mode  
IRTC  
µA  
All blocks disabled, no main battery attached, coin cell is attached to  
LICELL (10)  
RTC  
3.00  
10  
6.00  
30  
OFF Mode (All blocks disabled, main battery attached) (10)  
MC13892 core and RTC module  
IOFF  
µA  
µA  
Power Cut Mode (All blocks disabled, no main battery attached, coin cell  
is attached and valid) (10)  
IPCUT  
MC13892 core and RTC module  
3.0  
6.0  
ON Standby mode - Low-power mode  
µA  
µA  
4 buck regulators in low-power mode, 3 regulators (11)  
ISTBY  
230  
295  
ON Mode - Typical use case  
4 buck regulators in PWMPS mode, 5 Regulators (12)  
ION  
459  
1500  
I/O CHARACTERISTICS (13)  
PWRON1, PWRON2, PWRON3, Pull-up (14)  
Input Low, 47 kOhm  
V
V
V
V
V
V
0.0  
1.0  
0.3  
Input High, 1.0 MOhm  
VCOREDIG  
CHRGSE1B, Pull-up (15)  
Input Low  
0.0  
1.0  
0.3  
Input High  
VCORE  
STANDBY, STANDBYSEC, WDI, ADTRIG, Weak Pull-down (16) (17)  
,
Input Low  
Input High  
0.0  
1.0  
0.3  
3.6  
CLK32K, CMOS  
Output Low, -100 A  
Output High, 100 A  
0.0  
0.2  
SPIVCC -0.2  
SPIVCC  
CLK32KMCU, CMOS  
Output Low, -100 A  
Output High, 100 A  
RESETB, RESETBMCU, Open Drain (18)  
Output Low, -2.0 mA  
0.0  
0.2  
VSRTC- 0.2  
VSRTC  
0.0  
0.0  
0.4  
3.6  
Output High, Open Drain  
Notes  
10. Valid at 25 °C only.  
11. VPLL, VIOHI, VGEN2  
12. VPLL, VIOHI, VGEN2, VAUDIO, VVIDEO  
13. SPIVCC is typically connected to the output of buck regulator: SW4 and set to 1.800 V  
14. Input has internal pull-up to VCOREDIG equivalent to 200 kOhm  
15. Input has internal pull-up to VCORE equivalent to 100 kOhm  
16. SPIVCC needs to remain enabled for proper detection of WDI High to avoid involuntary shutdown  
17. A weak pull-down represents a nominal internal pull down of 100 nA, unless otherwise noted  
18. RESETB & RESETBMCU have open drain outputs, external pull-ups are required  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
12  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
I/O CHARACTERISTICS (CONTINUED) (19)  
1.1  
1.3  
V
V
VSRTC, Voltage Output  
DVS1, DVS2, Weak Pull-down (20)  
Input Low  
0.0  
0.3* SPIVCC  
3.1  
Input High  
0.7* SPIVCC  
V
GPO1, CMOS  
Output Low, -400 A  
Output High, 400 A  
To VCORE  
0.0  
VCORE- 0.2  
200  
0.2  
VCORE  
500  
Ohm  
V
GPO2, GPO3, GPO4, CMOS  
Output Low, -100 A  
0.0  
0.2  
Output High, 100 A  
VIOHI - 0.2  
0.0  
VIOHI  
VCORE+0.3  
V
V
GPO4, Analog Input  
CS, CLK, MOSI, VBUSEN, Weak Pull-down on CS and VBUSEN (20)  
Input Low  
Input High  
0.0  
0.3* SPIVCC  
SPIVCC+0.3  
0.7* SPIVCC  
CS, MOSI (at Booting for SPI / I2C decoding), Weak Pull-down on CS (21)  
V
V
V
Input Low  
Input High  
0.0  
0.3 * VCORE  
VCORE  
0.7 * VCORE  
MISO, INT, CMOS (22)  
Output Low, -100 A  
Output High, 100 A  
PUMS1, PUMS2 (22)  
PUMSxS = 00  
0.0  
0.2  
SPIVCC -0.2  
SPIVCC  
0.0  
Open  
1.3  
0.3  
Open  
2.0  
PUMSxS = 01, Load < 10 pF  
PUMSxS = 10  
PUMSxS = 11  
2.5  
3.1  
MODE (23)  
Input Low  
Input Med  
Input High  
V
0.0  
1.1  
0.4  
1.7  
9.0  
VCORE  
Notes  
19. SPIVCC is typically connected to the output of buck regulator: SW4 and set to 1.800 V  
20. A weak pull-down represents a nominal internal pull down of 100 nA unless otherwise noted  
21. The weak pull-down on CS is disabled if a VIH is detected at startup to avoid extra consumption in I2C mode  
22. The output drive strength is programmable  
23. Input state is latched in first phase of cold start, refer to Power Control System for description of PUMS configuration  
24. Input state is not latched  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
13  
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
32 KHZ CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Operating Voltage  
VXTAL  
VLCD  
V
V
V
V
Oscillator and RTC Block from BP  
1.2  
1.8  
0.0  
4.65  
2.0  
Coincell Disconnect Threshold  
At LICELL  
Output Low CLK32K, CLK32KMCU  
Output sink 100 µA  
VCLKLO  
0.2  
Output High  
CLK32K Output source 100 µA  
CLK32KMCU Output source 100 µA  
VCLKHI  
VCLKMCUHI  
SPIVCC-0.2  
VSRTC-0.2  
SPIVCC  
VSRTC  
VSRTC GENERAL  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
Valid Coin Cell range  
V
VLICELL  
BP  
1.8  
UVDET  
3.6  
4.65  
Or valid BP  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Bypass Capacitor Value  
ISRTC  
0.0  
50  
µA  
µF  
CSRTC  
1.0  
VSRTC ACTIVE MODE – DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VSRTC  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
1.15  
1.20  
1.25  
CLK AND MISO  
Input Low CS, MOSI, CLK  
VINCSLO  
VINMOSILO  
VINCLKLO  
V
V
0.0  
0.3*SPIVCC  
SPIVCC+0.3  
Input High CS, MOSI, CLK  
VINCSHI  
VINMOSIHI  
VINCLKHI  
0.7*SPIVCC  
Output Low MISO, INT  
Output sink 100 µA  
VOMISOLO  
VOINTLO  
V
V
0.0  
SPIVCC-0.2  
1.75  
0.2  
SPIVCC  
3.1  
Output High MISO, INT  
Output source 100 µA  
VOMISOHI  
VOINTHI  
SPIVCC Operating Range  
SPIVCC  
V
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
14  
Freescale Semiconductor  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
BUCK REGULATORS  
Operating Input Voltage  
VSWIN  
V
PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX  
PFM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX  
Extended PWM or PFM operation(25)  
3.0  
2.8  
UVDET  
4.65  
4.65  
4.65  
Output Voltage Range  
Switcher 1  
VSW1  
V
0.6  
0.6  
1.375  
1.850  
Switchers 2, 3, and 4  
Output Accuracy  
mV  
PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients (26)  
PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients  
VSWLOPP  
VSWLIPPI  
Nom-50  
Nom-50  
Nom  
Nom  
Nom+50  
Nom+50  
Maximum Continuous Load Current, IMAX, VINMIN<BP<4.65 V  
mA  
SW1 in PWM mode (SWILIMB = 0, no max current limit)  
ISW1  
800  
1050  
800  
800  
50  
SW1 in PWM Mode (SWILIMB = 1, no max current limit)(27)  
ISW2,3,4  
ISW2,3,4  
ISW1, 2, 3, 4  
SW2, SW3, SW4 in PWM mode (SWILIMB = 0, no max current limit)  
SW2, SW3, SW4 in PWM mode (SWILIMB = 1, no max current limit)(27)  
SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4 in PFM mode  
Maximum Peak Load Current, IPEAK, BP 4.2 V,  
mA  
SW1 in PWM Mode (SWILIMB = 1, no max current limit)(27)  
SW4 in PWM Mode (SWILIMB = 1, no max current limit)(27)  
ISW1  
ISW4  
1250  
1000  
Notes  
25. In the extended operating range the performance may be degraded  
26. Transient loading for load steps of ILmax/2  
27. In this mode, current limit protection is disabled for SW1 - SW4 by setting SWILIMB = 1. Therefore, the load on SW1-4 should not exceed  
the conditions specified in the table above. Application needs to provide current limit protection circuitry either in battery or as pre-  
regulated supply to BP.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
15  
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
BUCK REGULATORS (CONTINUED)  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Automatic Mode Change Threshold, Switchover between PFM and PWM  
modes  
AMCTH  
mA  
50  
Efficiency  
PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA  
PFM, 01.8 V, 1.0 mA  
PWM Pulse Skipping, 1.25 V, 50 mA  
PWM Pulse Skipping, 1.8 V, 50 mA  
PWM, 1.25 V, 500 mA  
PWM, 1.8 V, 500 mA  
75  
85  
78  
82  
78  
82  
External Components, Used as a condition for all other parameters  
Inductor for SW2, SW3, SW4(28)  
LSW234  
LSW1  
RWSW  
COSW234  
COSW1  
ESRSW  
-20%  
-30%  
-35%  
-35%  
5.0  
2.2  
1.5  
10  
2x22  
+20%  
+30%  
0.16  
+35%  
+35%  
50  
µH  
µH  
µF  
µF  
m  
µF  
Inductor for SW1(28)  
Inductor Resistance  
Bypass Capacitor for SW2, SW3, SW4(29)  
Bypass Capacitor for SW1(30)  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
1.0  
4.7  
Input Capacitor(31)  
SWBST  
Average Output Voltage(32)  
VBST  
V
(33)  
Nom-5%  
5.0  
Nom+5%  
120  
3.0 V < VIN < 4.65 (1), 0 < IL < ILMAX  
Output Ripple  
VBSTPP  
mVpp  
3.0 V < VIN < 4.65, 0 < IL < ILMAX, Excluding reverse recovery of  
Schottky diode  
Average Load Regulation  
VIN = 3.6 V, 0 < IL < ILMAX  
VBSTLOR  
mV/mA  
mV  
0.5  
50  
Average Line Regulation  
VBSTLIR  
3.0 V < VIN < 4.65 V, IL = ILMAX  
Notes  
28. Preferred device TDK VLS252012 series at 2.5x2.0 mm footprint and 1.2 mm max height  
29. Preferably 0603 style 6.3 V rated X5R/X7R type at 35% total make tolerance, temperature spread and DC bias derating such as TDK  
C1608X5R0J106M  
30. Preferably 0805 style 6.3 V rated X5R/X7R type at 35% total make tolerance, temperature spread and DC bias derating such as TDK  
C2012X5R0J226M  
31. Preferably 0603 style 6.3 V rated X5R/X7R type at 35% total make tolerance, temperature spread and DC bias derating such as TDK  
C1608X5R0J475  
32. Output voltage when configured to supply VBUS in OTG mode can be as high as 5.75 V  
33. Vin is the low side of the inductor that is connected to BP.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
16  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
SWBST (CONTINUED)  
Maximum Continuous Load Current ILMAX  
3.0 V < VIN < 4.65, VOUT = 5.0 V  
IBST  
mA  
300  
Start-up Overshoot  
IL = 0 mA  
VBSTOS  
mV  
%
500  
Efficiency, IL = ILMAX  
SWBSTEFF  
80  
External Components - Used as a condition for all other parameters  
Inductor(34)  
Inductor Resistance  
Inductor saturation current at 30% loss in inductance value  
Bypass Capacitor(35)  
Bypass Capacitor ESR at resonance  
Input Capacitor  
Diode current capability  
Diode current capability  
LBST  
R_WBST  
ILSAT  
COBST  
ESRBST  
CBSTD  
-20%  
1.0  
-60%  
1.0  
1.0  
2.2  
10  
4.7  
+20%  
0.2  
+35%  
10  
µH  
A
µF  
m  
µF  
IBSTDPK  
IBSTDPK  
850  
1500  
mAdc  
mApk  
NMOS Off Leakage, SWBSTIN = 4.5 V, SWBSTEN = 0  
VVIDEO  
IBSTIK  
1.0  
5.0  
µA  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VINVIDEO  
IVIDEO  
VNOM+0.25  
0.0  
4.65  
350  
V
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
(Not exceeding PNP max power)  
mA  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
COVIDEO  
µF  
Used as a condition for all other parameters  
1.1  
20  
2.2  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRVIDEO  
m  
100  
VVIDEO ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VVIDEO  
VVIDEOLOPP  
VVIDEOLIPP  
IVIDEOSHT  
V
mV/mA  
mV  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM - 3%  
VNOM  
VNOM + 3%  
Load Regulation  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
0.20  
8.0  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
5.0  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
mA  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
Notes  
34. Preferred device TDK VLS252012 series at 2.5x2.0 mm footprint and 1.2 mm max height  
35. Applications of SWBST should take into account impact of tolerance and voltage derating on the bypass capacitor at the output level.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
17  
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VVIDEO LOW-POWER MODE DC - VVIDEOMODE = 1  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VVIDEOLO  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP  
VNOM -3%  
0.0  
VNOM  
VNOM +3%  
3.0  
Current Load Range ILminlp to ILMAXLP  
VAUDIO  
IVIDEOLO  
mA  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
VAUDIO  
IAUDIO  
VNOM+0.25  
0.0  
4.65  
150  
V
mA  
µF  
COAUDIO  
ESRAUDIO  
0.65  
2.2  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
0.0  
0.1  
VAUDIO ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT (VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
)
VAUDIO  
VNOM - 3%  
VNOM  
VNOM + 3%  
0.25  
V
Load Regulation (1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
)
VAUDIOLOR  
VAUDIOLIR  
mV/mA  
mV  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
5.0  
8.0  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
IAUDIOSHT  
mA  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
VPLL AND VDIG  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VDIG, VPLL all settings, BP biased  
VPLL, VDIG [1:0] = 00,01  
VINPLL,  
VINDIG  
UVDET  
1.75  
2.15  
4.65  
4.65  
4.65  
SW4 = 1.8  
2.2  
VPLL, VDIG [1:0] = 10, 11, External Switcher  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
IPLL, IDIG  
0.0  
0.65  
0.0  
2.2  
50  
mA  
µF  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
COPLL,  
CODIG  
Used as a condition for all other parameters  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRPLL  
,
ESRDIG  
0.1  
VPLL AND VDIG ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VPLL, VDIG  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM - 0.05  
VNOM  
VNOM + 0.05  
0.35  
Load Regulation  
VPLLLOR  
VDIGLOR  
,
mV/mA  
mV  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX for any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
Line Regulation  
VPLLLIR  
,
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX for any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VDIGLIR  
5.0  
8.0  
VIOHI  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VNOM = 2.775 V  
VINIOHI  
V
VNOM+0.25  
4.65  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
IIOHI  
0.0  
100  
mA  
µF  
COIOHI  
ESRIOHI  
0.65  
2.2  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
m  
0.0  
100  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
18  
Freescale Semiconductor  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VIOHI ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT - (VNOM = 2.775)  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VIOH  
V
VNOM -3%  
VNOM  
VNOM +3%  
0.35  
Load Regulation  
VIOHLOR  
mV/mA  
mV  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, for any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
Line Regulation  
VIOHLIR  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, for any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
5.0  
8.0  
VCAM  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VINCAM  
ICAM  
VNOM +0.25  
4.65  
V
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Internal pass FET  
mA  
0.0  
0.0  
65  
250  
External PNP  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
Internal pass device  
COCAM  
µF  
0.65  
1.1  
2.2  
2.2  
External PNP (not exceeding PNP max power)  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRCAM  
m  
20  
100  
VCAM ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT (VNOM = 2.775)  
VCAM  
V
mV/mA  
mV  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM - 3%  
VNOM  
VNOM + 3%  
Load Regulation  
VCAMLOR  
VCAMLIR  
ICAMSHT  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, for any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
0.25  
8.0  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, for any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
5.0  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
mA  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
VCAM LOW-POWER MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VCAMLO  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP  
VNOM -3%  
0.0  
VNOM  
VNOM +3%  
3.0  
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP  
ICAMLO  
mA  
VSD  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VSD[2:0] = 010 to 111  
VINSD  
V
VNOM+0.25  
UVDET  
UVDET  
2.15  
4.65  
4.65  
4.65  
4.65  
VSD[2:0] = 010 to 111, Extended Operation  
VSD[2:0] = 000, 001 [000] BP Supplied  
VSD[2:0] = 000 External Switcher Supplied  
2.20  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Not exceeding PNP max power  
ISD  
mA  
0.0  
1.1  
250  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
COSD  
2.2  
µF  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRSD  
m  
20  
100  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
19  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VSD ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VSD  
V
mV/mA  
mV  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM - 3%  
VNOM  
VNOM + 3%  
Load Regulation  
VSDLOR  
VSDLIR  
ISDSHT  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, for any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
0.25  
8.0  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, for any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
5.0  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
mA  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
VSD LOW-POWER MODE DC - VSDMODE = 1  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VSDLO  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP  
VNOM -3%  
0.0  
VNOM  
VNOM +3%  
3.0  
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP  
ISDLO  
mA  
VUSB GENERAL  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
Supplied by VBUS  
VINUSB  
V
4.4  
5.0  
5.25  
5.75  
Supplied by SWBST  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Bypass Capacitor Value Range  
IUSB  
0.0  
100  
mA  
µF  
COUSB  
ESRUSB  
0.65  
2.2  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
0.0  
0.1  
VUSB ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VUSB  
V
mV/mA  
mV  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM - 4%  
3.3  
VNOM + 4%  
Load Regulation  
VUSBLOR  
VUSBLIR  
VUSBSHT  
0 < IL < ILMAX from DM/DP for any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
1.0  
20  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, for any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
mA  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
VUSB2  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
Extended operation  
VINUSB2  
VNOM +0.25  
UVDET  
4.65  
4.65  
V
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
IUSB2  
0.0  
0.65  
0.0  
2.2  
50  
mA  
µF  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
COUSB2  
Used as a condition for all other parameters  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRUSB2  
0.1  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
20  
Freescale Semiconductor  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VUSB2 ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VUSB2  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM -3%  
VNOM  
VNOM + 3%  
0.35  
Load Regulation  
VUSB2LOR  
mV/mA  
mV  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, for any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
Line Regulation  
VUSB2LIR  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, for any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
5.0  
8.0  
UVBUS  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VINUSB supplied by SWBST  
VINUVBUS  
V
4.75  
5.0  
5.25  
100  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
IUVBUS  
COUVBUS  
VINUVBUS  
0.0  
mA  
µF  
(36)  
(36)  
6.5 (37)  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
(36)  
(36)  
(37)  
UVBUS ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage Vout  
VUVBUS  
V
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
4.4  
5.0  
5.25  
4.65  
VGEN1  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VINGEN1  
All settings, BP biased  
UVDET <  
V
NOM +0.25  
VGEN1=00,01, External switcher supplied  
2.15  
2.2  
4.65  
200  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX   
(not exceeding PNP max power)  
IGEN1  
mA  
V
0.0  
Extended input voltage range (BP biased, performance may be out of  
specification for output levels VGEN1[1:0] = 10 to 11)  
UVDET  
1.1  
4.65  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
COGEN1  
2.2  
+35%  
µF  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRGEN1  
m  
20  
100  
VGEN1 ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VGEN1  
V
VGEN1 = 00, 01, VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM – 0.05  
VNOM – 3%  
VNOM  
VNOM  
VNOM + 0.05  
VNOM + 3%  
VGEN1 = 10, 11, VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
Load Regulation  
VGEN1LOR  
VGEN1LIR  
VGEN1SHT  
mV/mA  
mV  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, for any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
5.0  
0.25  
8.0  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, for any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
mA  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
Notes  
36. Filtering is shared with CHRGRAW (shorted at board level). 2.2 µF is typically included at the CHRGRAW pin.  
37. 6.5 µF is the maximum allowable capacitance on VBUS including all tolerances of filtering capacitance on VBUS and CHRGRAW (which  
are shorted at the board level).  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
21  
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VGEN1 LOW-POWER MODE DC - VGEN1MODE = 1  
Output Voltage VOUT - VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP  
VGEN1LO  
V
VGEN1 = 00, 01  
VGEN1 = 10, 11  
VNOM - 0.05  
VNOM -3%  
VNOM  
VNOM  
VNOM + 0.05  
VNOM +3%  
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP  
IGEN1LO  
0.0  
3.0  
mA  
V
VGEN2 GENERAL  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VINGEN2  
UVDET<  
All settings, BP biased  
V
NOM+0.25  
4.65  
VGEN2=000,001, External switcher supplied  
2.15  
0.0  
2.2  
4.65  
350  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX (Not exceeding PNP max  
power)  
IGEN2  
mA  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
COGEN2  
1.1  
20  
2.2  
+35%  
100  
µF  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRGEN2  
m  
VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VGEN2  
V
VGEN2 = 000, 001, 010, VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VGEN2 = 011, 100, 101, 110, 111, VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL <  
ILMAX  
VNOM -0.05  
VNOM -3%  
VNOM  
VNOM  
VNOM +0.05  
VNOM +3%  
Load Regulation  
VGEN2LOR  
VGEN2LIR  
VGEN2SHT  
mV/mA  
mV  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
5.0  
0.20  
8.0  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
mA  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
VGEN2 LOW-POWER MODE DC - VGEN2MODE=1  
Output Voltage VOUT - VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP  
VGEN2 = 000 to 010  
VGEN2LO  
V
VNOM -0.05  
VNOM -3%  
VNOM  
VNOM  
VNOM +0.05  
VNOM +3%  
VGEN2 = 011 to 111  
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP  
IGEN2LO  
0.0  
3.0  
mA  
V
VGEN3 GENERAL  
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX  
VGEN3CONFIG, VGEN3 = 01, 11  
VINGEN3  
VNOM+0.2  
UVDET  
4.65  
4.65  
VGEN3CONFIG, VGEN3 = 00, 10  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX  
Internal Pass FET  
IGEN3  
mA  
µF  
0.0  
0.0  
50  
200  
External PNP (Not exceeding PNP max power)  
Minimum Bypass Capacitor Value  
Internal pass device  
COGEN3  
0.65  
1.1  
2.2  
2.2  
External pass device  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
10 kHz -1.0 MHz  
ESRGEN3  
m  
20  
100  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
22  
Freescale Semiconductor  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VGEN3 ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT  
VGEN3  
V
mV/mA  
mV  
VGEN2 = 000, 001, 010, VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
VNOM -3%  
VNOM  
VNOM + 3%  
Load Regulation  
VGEN3LOR  
VGEN3SHT  
VGEN3SHT  
1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
0.40  
9.0  
Line Regulation  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
5.0  
Short-circuit Protection Threshold  
mA  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short circuit VOUT to GND  
ILMAX+20%  
VGEN3 LOW-POWER MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT - (Accuracy)  
VGEN3LO  
V
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP  
VNOM -3%  
0.0  
VNOM  
1.0  
VNOM +3%  
3.0  
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP  
CHARGE PATH REGULATOR  
IGEN3LO  
mA  
Input Operating Voltage - CHRGRAW  
V
BATTMIN  
5.6  
V
INCHRG  
Output Voltage Spread - VCHRG[2:0]=011, 1XX  
Charge current 1.0 mA to 100 mA  
BP  
%
SP  
-1.5  
-3.0  
1.5  
1.5  
Charge current 100 mA and above  
Current Limit Tolerance (38)  
ICHRG[3:0] = 0001  
ICHRG[3:0] = 0100  
ICHRG[3:0] = 0110  
All other settings  
I  
LIM  
68  
360  
500  
80  
400  
560  
92  
440  
620  
15  
mA  
mA  
mA  
%
Start-up Overshoot - Unloaded  
BP  
v
2.0  
%
OS-START  
Configuration  
Input Capacitance - CHRGRAW(39)  
C
10  
2.2  
47  
3.0  
µF  
µF  
m
INCHRG  
C
Load Capacitor - BPSNS(39)  
BP  
L
C
Cable length  
THERMAL  
Thermal Warning Lower Threshold  
Thermal Warning Higher Threshold  
Thermal Warning Hysteresis  
Thermal Protection Threshold  
BACKLIGHT LED DRIVERS  
Absolute Accuracy - All current settings  
Matching - At 400 mV, 21 mA  
Leakage - LEDxDC[5:0] = 000000  
SIGNALING LED DRIVERS  
Absolute Accuracy - All current settings  
Matching - At 400 mV, 21 mA  
Leakage - LEDxDC[5:0] = 000000  
TWL  
TWH  
100  
120  
3.0  
°C  
°C  
°C  
°C  
TWHYS  
TPT  
140  
15  
3.0  
1.0  
%
%
µA  
15  
10  
%
%
1.0  
µA  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
23  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
STATIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 5. Static Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions -40 C TA 85 C, GND = 0 V unless otherwise noted. Typical values noted reflect  
the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
ACTIVE MODE DC  
Output Voltage VOUT - (VNOM = 2.775), VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, ILMIN < IL  
< ILMAX  
4.4  
5.0  
5.25  
V
ADC  
Converter Core Input Range  
Single ended voltage readings  
Differential readings  
V
V
0.0  
-1.2  
2.4  
1.2  
Maximum Input Voltage(40)  
Channels ADIN5, ADIN6 and ADIN7  
BP  
3
Integral Nonlinearity  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
LSB  
K  
Differential Nonlinearity  
1
Zero Scale Error (Offset) after auto calibration  
Full Scale Error (Gain) after auto calibration  
Drift Over-temperature - Including scaling  
1
5
1
Source Impedance  
No bypass capacitor at input  
Bypass capacitor at input 10 nF  
5.0  
30  
TOUCH SCREEN  
Plate Maximum Voltage X, Y(41)  
VCORE  
1000  
V
Plate Resistance X, Y  
100  
Resistance Between Plates Settling Time - Contact  
Position measurement  
180  
3.0  
1200  
5.5  
µs  
TOUCH SCREEN IN STAND ALONE MODE(42)  
Max Load Current - Active Mode  
Output Voltage - 0.0<IL<20 mA  
PSRR - IL=15 mA  
1.20  
20  
+3%  
mA  
V
-3%  
50  
dB  
Bypass Capacitor ESR  
0.0  
0.65  
0.1  
Bypass Capacitance  
2.2  
+35%  
µF  
Notes  
38. Excludes spread and tolerance due to board and 100 mOhm sense resistor tolerances.  
39. An additional derating of 35% is allowed.  
40. ADIN5, 6 and 7 inputs must not exceed BP voltage.  
41. TS[xy][1,2] inputs must not exceed BP or VCORE  
42. All characteristics in this table are applicable only for non touch screen operation. This applies to Touch Screen in Standalone mode and  
below.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
24  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
DYNAMIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
DYNAMIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 6. Dynamic Electrical Characteristics  
Characteristics noted under conditions 3.1 V BATT 4.65V, -40TA 85 °C, GND = 0 V, unless otherwise noted. Typical  
values noted reflect the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
32 KHZ CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
RTC oscillator start-up time  
Upon application of power  
tRTCST  
Sec  
ns  
1.0  
CLK32K Rise and Fall Time - CL = 50 pF  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 00 (default)  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 01  
tCLK32KET  
22  
11  
High Z  
44  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 10  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 11  
CLK32KMCU Rise and Fall Time  
CL = 12 pF  
tCLK32KMCUET  
ns  
%
22  
CLK32K and CLK32KMCU Output Duty Cycle  
Crystal on XTAL1, XTAL2 pins  
tCLK32KDC  
,
tCLK32KMCUDC  
45  
55  
CLK AND MISO  
MISO Rise and Fall Time, CL = 50 pF, SPIVCC = 1.8 V  
SPIDRV [1:0] = 00 (default)  
SPIDRV [1:0] = 01  
tMISOET  
ns  
11  
6.0  
High Z  
22  
SPIDRV [1:0] = 10  
SPIDRV [1:0] = 11  
BUCK REGULATORS  
Turn-on Time, Enable to 90% of end value, IL = 0  
SWBST  
tONPWM  
500  
2.0  
µs  
Turn-on Time  
tONBST  
ms  
Enable to 90% of VOUT, IL = 0  
Transient Load Response, IL from 1.0 mA to 100 mA in 1.0 µs steps  
Maximum transient Amplitude  
ATMAX  
300  
500  
mV  
µs  
Time to settle 80% of transient  
Transient Load Response, IL from 100 mA to 1.0 mA  
Maximum transient Amplitude  
ATMAX  
300  
20  
mV  
µs  
Time to settle 80% of transient  
VVIDEO ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV  
VVIDEOPSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V  
Max Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 75% of ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VVIDEOON  
dBV/Hz  
-114  
-124  
-129  
>1.0 kHz – 10 kHz  
>10 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VVIDEOtON  
ms  
Enable to 90% of end value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
1.0  
VVIDEO ACTIVE MODE - AC (CONTINUED)  
Turn-off Time  
VVIDEOtOFF  
VVIDEOTLOR  
ms  
%
Disable to 10% of initial value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
0.1  
10  
Transient Load Response  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
1.0  
2.0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
25  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
DYNAMIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 6. Dynamic Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions 3.1 V BATT 4.65V, -40TA 85 °C, GND = 0 V, unless otherwise noted. Typical  
values noted reflect the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
5.0  
Max  
8.0  
Unit  
Transient Line Response  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
VVIDEOTLIR  
mV  
Mode Transition Time  
VVIDEOtMOD  
µs  
%
From low-power to active, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
100  
2.0  
Mode Transition Response  
VVIDEOMTR  
From low-power to active and from active to low-power, VIN = VINMIN  
,
1.0  
VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
VAUDIO  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV, > UVDET  
VAUDIOPSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V, > UVDET  
Max Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 0.75*ILmax  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VAUDIOON  
dBV/Hz  
-114  
-124  
-129  
>1.0 kHz – 10 kHz  
>10 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VAUDIOtON  
VAUDIOtOFF  
ms  
ms  
Enable to 90% of end value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
1.0  
10  
Turn-off Time  
Disable to 10% of initial value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
0.1  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84,  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
VAUDIOTLOR  
VAUDIOTLIR  
%
1.0  
5.0  
2.0  
8.0  
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
mV  
VPLL AND VDIG ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = UVDET  
VPLLPSSR  
VPLLON  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V, > UVDET  
Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 0.75*ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
20  
2.5  
dB/dec  
µV/Hz  
>1 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VPLLtON  
µs  
ms  
mV  
mV  
Enable to 90% of end value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
0.1  
100  
10  
Turn-off Time  
VPLLtOFF  
Disable to 10% of initial value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
VPLLTLOR  
VDIGTLOR  
,
50  
5.0  
70  
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
VPLLTLIR  
,
VDIGTLIR  
8.0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
26  
Freescale Semiconductor  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
DYNAMIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 6. Dynamic Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions 3.1 V BATT 4.65V, -40TA 85 °C, GND = 0 V, unless otherwise noted. Typical  
values noted reflect the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VIOHI ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV, > UVDET  
VIOHIPSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V, > UVDET  
Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 0.75*ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VIOHION  
20  
1.0  
dB/dec  
µV/Hz  
>1.0 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VIOHItON  
VIOHItOFF  
VIOHITLOR  
VIOHITLIR  
VIOHIMTR  
VIOHIMTR  
ms  
ms  
%
Enable to 90% of end value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
0.1  
1.0  
10  
Turn-off Time  
Disable to 10% of initial value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
1.0  
5.0  
2.0  
8.0  
10  
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
mV  
µs  
%
Mode Transition Time - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
Mode Transition Response  
From low-power to active and from active to low-power, VIN = VINMIN  
,
1.0  
2.0  
VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
VCAM ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV  
VCAMPSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V  
Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 0.75*ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VCAMON  
20  
1.0  
dB/dec  
µV/Hz  
>1.0 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time (Enable to 90% of end value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0)  
Turn-off Time (Disable to 10% of initial value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0)  
VCAMtON  
VCAMtOFF  
VCAMLOR  
1.0  
10  
ms  
ms  
0.1  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
1.0  
50  
2.0  
70  
%
mV  
VCAM = 01, 10, 11  
VCAM = 00  
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
VCAMLIR  
VCAMtMOD  
VCAMMTR  
mV  
µs  
%
5.0  
8.0  
100  
2.0  
Mode Transition Time - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
Mode Transition Response  
From low-power to active and from, active to low-power,   
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
1.0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
27  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
DYNAMIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 6. Dynamic Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions 3.1 V BATT 4.65V, -40TA 85 °C, GND = 0 V, unless otherwise noted. Typical  
values noted reflect the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VSD ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV  
VSDPSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V  
Max Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 75% of ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VSDON  
dBV/Hz  
-115  
-126  
-132  
>1.0 kHz – 10 kHz  
>10 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time (Enable to 90% of end value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0)  
Turn-off Time (Disable to 10% of initial value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0)  
VSDtON  
VSDtOFF  
VSDTLOR  
1.0  
10  
ms  
ms  
0.1  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
1.0  
2.0  
70  
%
mV  
- VSD[2:0] = 010 to 111  
- VSD[2:0] = 000 to 001  
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
VSDTLIR  
VSDtMOD  
VSDMTR  
mV  
µs  
%
5.0  
8.0  
100  
2.0  
Mode Transition Time - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
Mode Transition Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active and from active to low-power, VIN = VINMIN  
,
1.0  
V
INMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
VUSB ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV  
VUSBPSSR  
dB  
35  
40  
Max Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 75% of ILMAX  
100 Hz – 50 kHz  
VUSBON  
µV/Hz  
1.0  
0.2  
>50 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
VUSB2 ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV  
VUSB2PSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V  
Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 0.75*ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VUSB2ON  
20  
0.2  
dB/dec  
µV/Hz  
>1.0 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VUSB2tON  
VUSBtOFF  
VUSB2OS  
µs  
ms  
%
Enable to 90% of end value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
0.1  
100  
10  
Turn-off Time  
Disable to 10% of initial value, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
Start-up Overshoot  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
1.0  
1.0  
5.0  
2.0  
2.0  
8.0  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
VUSB2TLOR  
%
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
VUSB2TLIR  
mV  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
28  
Freescale Semiconductor  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
DYNAMIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 6. Dynamic Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions 3.1 V BATT 4.65V, -40TA 85 °C, GND = 0 V, unless otherwise noted. Typical  
values noted reflect the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
UVBUS ACTIVE MODE DC  
Turn-on Time  
UVBUStON  
UVBUStOFF  
ms  
VBUS Rise Time per USB OTG with max loading of 6.5 µF+10 µF  
100  
1.3  
Turn-off Time  
sec  
Disable to 0.8 V, per USB OTG specification parameter VA_SESS_VLD,   
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
VGEN1 ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = UVDET  
VGEN1PSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V, > UVDET  
Max Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 0.75*ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VGEN1ON  
dBV/Hz  
-115  
-126  
-132  
>1.0 kHz – 10 kHz  
>10 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VGEN1tON  
VGEN1tOFF  
VGEN1TLOR  
ms  
ms  
Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
1.0  
10  
Turn-off Time  
Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
0.1  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
1.0  
3.0  
70  
%
mV  
- VGEN1[1:0] = 10 to 11  
- VGEN[1:0] = 00 to 01  
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
VGEN1TLIR  
VGEN1tMOD  
VGEN1MTR  
mV  
µs  
%
5.0  
8.0  
100  
2.0  
Mode Transition Time - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
Mode Transition Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active and from active to low-power   
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
1.0  
VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz  
VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV  
VGEN2PSSR  
dB  
35  
50  
40  
60  
VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V  
Max Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VGEN2ON  
dBV/Hz  
-115  
-126  
-132  
>1.0 kHz – 10 kHz  
>10 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VGEN2tON  
ms  
ms  
Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
1.0  
10  
Turn-off Time (Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0)  
VGEN2tOFF  
VGEN2TLOR  
0.1  
Transient Load Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
1.0  
3.0  
70  
%
mV  
- VGEN2[2:0] = 100 to 111  
- VGEN2[2:0] = 000 to 011  
Transient Line Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
IL = 75% of ILMAX  
VGEN2TLIR  
mV  
5.0  
8.0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
29  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
DYNAMIC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS  
Table 6. Dynamic Electrical Characteristics (continued)  
Characteristics noted under conditions 3.1 V BATT 4.65V, -40TA 85 °C, GND = 0 V, unless otherwise noted. Typical  
values noted reflect the approximate parameter means at TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.  
Characteristic  
Symbol  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE - AC (CONTINUED)  
Mode Transition Time - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
VGEN2tMOD  
µs  
%
100  
2.0  
Mode Transition Response - See Transient Waveforms on page 84  
From low-power to active and from active to low-power   
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
VGEN2MTR  
1.0  
VGEN3 ACTIVE MODE - AC  
PSRR  
VGEN3PSSR  
dB  
IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz, VIN = VINMIN +100 mV  
35  
45  
40  
50  
VIN = VNOM+1.0 V  
Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN, IL = 75% of ILMAX  
100 Hz – 1.0 kHz  
VGEN3ON  
20  
1.0  
dB/dec  
µV/Hz  
>1.0 kHz – 1.0 MHz  
Turn-on Time  
VGEN3tON  
VGEN3tOFF  
VGEN3TLOR  
ms  
ms  
Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
1.0  
5.0  
Turn-off Time  
Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0  
0.1  
Transient Load Response  
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX  
1.0  
2.0  
70  
%
mV  
- VGEN3 = 1  
- VGEN3 = 0  
Transient Line Response (IL = 75% of ILMAX  
Mode Transition Time  
)
VGEN3TLIR  
5.0  
8.0  
mV  
µs  
VGEN3tMOD  
From low-power to active VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
100  
Mode Transition Response  
VGEN3MTR  
%
From low-power to active and from active to low-power,   
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP  
1.0  
2.0  
UVBUS - ACTIVE MODE DC  
Turn-on Time - VBUS Rise Time por USB OTG with max loading of  
6.5 µF+10 µF  
100  
1.3  
ms  
Turn-off Time - Disable to 0.8 V, per USB OTG specification parameter  
VA_SESS_VLD VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL=0  
sec  
ADC  
Conversion Time per Channel - PLLX[2:0] = 100  
10  
µs  
µs  
Turn On Delay  
If Switcher PLL was active  
If Switcher PLL was inactive  
0.0  
5.0  
10  
TOUCH SCREEN  
Turn-on Time - 90% of output  
500  
µs  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
30  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
CHARGER  
CHRGRAW  
1. Charger input. The charger voltage is measured through an ADC at this pin. The UVBUS pin must be shorted to CHRGRAW  
in cases where the charger is being supplied from the USB cable. The minimum voltage for this pin depends on BATTMIN  
threshold value (see Battery Interface and Control).  
2. Output to battery supplied accessories. The battery voltage can be applied to an accessory by enabling the charge path for  
the accessory via the CHRGRAW pin. To accomplish this, the charger needs to be configured in reverse supply mode.  
CHRGCTRL1  
Driver output for charger path FET M1.  
CHRGCTRL2  
Driver output for charger path FET M2.  
CHRGISNS  
Charge current sensing point 1. The charge current is read by monitoring the voltage drop over the charge current 100 m  
sense resistor connected between CHRGISNS and BPSNS.  
BPSNS  
1. BP sense point. BP voltage is sensed at this pin and compared with the voltage at CHRGRAW.  
2. Charge current sensing point 2. The charge current is read by monitoring the voltage drop over the charge current 100 m  
sense resistor. This resistor is connected between CHRGISNS and BPSNS.  
BP  
This pin is the application supply point, the input supply to the IC core circuitry. The application supply voltage is sensed  
through an ADC at this pin.  
BATTFET  
Driver output for battery path FET M3. If no charging system is required or single path is implemented, the pin BATTFET must  
be floating.  
BATTISNS  
Battery current sensing point 1. The current flowing out of and into the battery can be read via the ADC by monitoring the  
voltage drop over the sense resistor between BATT and BATTISNS.  
BATT  
Battery positive terminal. Battery current sensing point 2. The supply voltage of the battery is sensed through an ADC on this  
pin. The current flowing out of and into the battery can be read via the ADC by monitoring the voltage drop over the sense resistor  
between BATT and BATTISNS.  
BATTISNSCC  
Accumulated current counter current sensing point. This is the coulomb counter current sense point. It should be connected  
directly to the 0.020 sense resistor via a separate route from BATTISNS. The coulomb counter monitors the current flowing in/  
out of the battery by integrating the voltage drop over the BATTISNCC and the BATT pin.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
31  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
CFP AND CFM  
Accumulated current filter cap plus and minus pins respectively. The coulomb counter will require a 10 µF output capacitor  
connected between these pins to perform a first order filtering of the signal across R1.  
CHRGSE1B  
An unregulated wall charger configuration can be built in which case this pin must be pulled low. When charging through USB,  
it can be left open since it is internally pulled up to VCORE. The recommendation is to place an external FET that can pull it low  
or left it open, depending on the charge method.  
CHRGLED  
Trickle LED driver output 1. Since normal LED control via the SPI bus is not always possible in the standalone operation, a  
current sink is provided at the CHRGLED pin. This LED is to be connected between this pin and CHRGRAW.  
GNDCHRG  
Ground for charger interface.  
LEDR, LEDG AND LEDB  
General purpose LED driver output Red, Green and Blue respectively. Each channel provides flexible LED intensity control.  
These pins can also be used as general purpose open drain outputs for logic signaling, or as generic PWM generator outputs.  
GNDLED  
Ground for LED drivers  
IC CORE  
VCORE  
Regulated supply output for the IC analog core circuitry. It is used to define the PUMS VIH level during initialization. The  
bandgap and the rest of the core circuitry are supplied from VCORE. Place a 2.2 F capacitor from this pin to GNDCORE.  
VCOREDIG  
Regulated supply output for the IC digital core circuitry. No external DC loading is allowed on VCOREDIG. VCOREDIG is kept  
powered as long as there is a valid supply and/or coin cell. Place a 2.2 F capacitor from this pin to GNDCORE.  
REFCORE  
Main bandgap reference. All regulators use the main bandgap as the reference. The main bandgap is bypassed with a  
capacitor at REFCORE. No external DC loading is allowed on REFCORE. Place a 100 nF capacitor from this pin to GNDCORE.  
GNDCORE  
Ground for the IC core circuitry.  
POWER GATING  
PWGTDRV1 AND PWGTDRV2  
Power Gate Drivers.  
PWGTDRV1 is provided for power gating peripheral loads sharing the processor core supply domain(s) SW1, and/or SW2,  
and/or SW3. In addition, PWGTDRV2 provides support to power gate peripheral loads on the SW4 supply domain.  
In typical applications, SW1, SW2, and SW3 will both be kept active for the processor modules in state retention, and SW4  
retained for the external memory in self refresh mode. SW1, SW2, and SW3 power gating FET drive would typically be connected  
to PWGTDRV1 (for parallel NMOS switches). SW4 power gating FET drive would typically be connected to PWGTDRV2. When  
Low-power Off mode is activated, the power gate drive circuitry will be disabled, turning off the NMOS power gate switches to  
isolate the maintained supply domains from any peripheral loading.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
32  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
SWITCHERS  
SW1IN, SW2IN, SW3IN AND SW4IN  
Switchers 1, 2, 3, and 4 input. Connect these pins to BP to supply Switchers 1, 2, 3, and 4.  
SW1FB, SW2FB, SW3FB AND SW4FB  
Switchers 1, 2, 3, and 4 feedback. Switchers 1, 2, 3, and 4 output voltage sense respectively. Connect these pins to the farther  
point of each of their respective SWxOUT pin, in order to sense and maintain voltage stability.  
SW1OUT  
Switcher 1 output. Buck regulator for processor core(s).  
GNDSW1  
Ground for Switcher 1.  
SW2OUT  
Switcher 2 output. Buck regulator for processor SOG, etc.  
GNDSW2  
Ground for Switcher 2.  
SW3OUT  
Switcher 3 output. Buck regulator for internal processor memory and peripherals.  
GNDSW3  
Ground for switcher 3.  
SW4OUT  
Switcher 4 output. Buck regulator for external memory and peripherals.  
GNDSW4  
Ground for switcher 4.  
DVS1 AND DVS2  
Switcher 1 and 2 DVS input pins. Provided for pin controlled DVS on the buck regulators targeted for processor core supplies.  
The DVS pins may be reconfigured for Switcher Increment / Decrement (SID) mode control. When transitioning from one voltage  
to another, the output voltage slope is controlled in steps of 25 mV per time step. These pins must be set high in order for the  
DVS feature to be enabled for each of switchers 1 or 2, or low to disable it.  
SWBSTIN  
Switcher BST input. The 2.2 H switcher BST inductor must be connected here.  
SWBSTOUT  
Power supply for gate driver for the internal power NMOS that charges SWBST inductor. It must be connected to BP.  
SWBSTFB  
Switcher BST feedback. When SWBST is configured to supply the UVBUS pin in OTG mode the feedback will be switched to  
sense the UVBUS pin instead of the SWBSTFB pin.  
GNDSWBST  
Ground for switcher BST.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
33  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
REGULATORS  
VINIOHI  
Input of VIOHI regulator. Connect this pin to BP in order to supply VIOHI regulator.  
VIOHI  
Output regulator for high voltage IO. Fixed 2.775 V output for high-voltage level interface.  
VINPLL AND VINDIG  
The input of the regulator for processor PLL and Digital regulators respectively. VINDIG and VINPLL can be connected to  
either BP or a 1.8 V switched mode power supply rail, such as from SW4 for the two lower set points of each regulator (the 1.2  
and 1.25 V output for VPLL, and 1.05 and 1.25 V output for VDIG). In addition, when the two upper set points are used (1.50 and  
1.8 V outputs for VPLL, and 1.65 and 1.8 V for VDIG), they can be connected to either BP or a 2.2 V nominal external switched  
mode power supply rail, to improve power dissipation.  
VPLL  
Output of regulator for processor PLL. Quiet analog supply (PLL, GPS).  
VDIG  
Output regulator Digital. Low voltage digital (DPLL, GPS).  
VVIDEODRV  
Drive output for VVIDEO external PNP transistor.  
VVIDEO  
Output regulator TV DAC. This pin must be connected to the collector of the external PNP transistor of the VVIDEO regulator.  
VINAUDIO  
Input regulator VAUDIO. Typically connected to BP.  
VAUDIO  
Output regulator for audio supply.  
VINUSB2  
Input regulator VUSB2. This pin must always be connected to BP even if the regulators are not used by the application.  
VUSB2  
Output regulator for powering USB PHY.  
VINCAMDRV  
1. Input regulator camera using internal PMOS FET. Typically connected to BP.  
2. Drive output regulator for camera voltage using external PNP device. In this case, this pin must be connected to the base  
of the PNP in order to drive it.  
VCAM  
Output regulator for the camera module. When using an external PNP device, this pin must be connected to its collector.  
VSDDRV  
Drive output for the VSD external PNP transistor.  
VSD  
Output regulator for multi-media cards such as micro SD, RS-MMC.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
34  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
VGEN1DRV  
Drive output for the VGEN1 external PNP transistor.  
VGEN1  
Output of general purpose 1 regulator.  
VGEN2DRV  
Drive output for the VGEN2 external PNP transistor.  
VGEN2  
Output of general purpose 2 regulator.  
VINGEN3DRV  
1. Input for the VGEN3 regulator when no external PNP transistor used. Typically connected to BP.  
2. Drive output for VGEN3 in case an external PNP transistor is used on the application. In this case, this pin must be  
connected the base of the PNP transistor.  
VGEN3  
Output of general purpose 3 regulator.  
VSRTC  
Output regulator for the SRTC module on the processor. The VSRTC regulator provides the CLK32KMCU output level (1.2 V).  
Additionally, it is used to bias the low-power SRTC domain of the SRTC module integrated on certain FSL processors.  
GNDREG1  
Ground for regulators 1.  
GNDREG2  
Ground for regulators 2.  
GNDREG3  
Ground for regulators 3.  
GENERAL OUTPUTS  
GPO1  
General purpose output 1. Intended to be used for battery thermistor biasing. In this case, connect a 10 Kresistor from GPO1  
to ADIN5, and one from ADIN5 to GND.  
GPO2  
General purpose output 2.  
GPO3  
General purpose output 3.  
GPO4  
General purpose output 4. It can be configured for a muxed connection into Channel 7 of the GP ADC.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
35  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
CONTROL LOGIC  
LICELL  
Coin cell supply input and charger output. The LICELL pin provides a connection for a coin cell backup battery or supercap.  
If the main battery is deeply discharged, removed, or contact-bounced (i.e., during a power cut), the RTC system and coin cell  
maintained logic will switch over to the LICELL for backup power. This pin also works as a current-limited voltage source for  
battery charging. A small capacitor should be placed from LICELL to ground under all circumstances.  
XTAL1  
32.768 kHz Oscillator crystal connection 1.  
XTAL2  
32.768 kHz Oscillator crystal connection 2.  
GNDRTC  
Ground for the RTC block.  
CLK32K  
32 kHz Clock output for peripherals. At system start-up, the 32 kHz clock is driven to CLK32K (provided as a peripheral clock  
reference), which is referenced to SPIVCC. The CLK32K is restricted to state machine activation in normal on mode.  
CLK32KMCU  
32 kHz Clock output for processor. At system start-up, the 32 kHz clock is driven to CLK32KMCU (intended as the CKIL input  
to the system processor) referenced to VSRTC. The driver is enabled by the start-up sequencer and the CLK32KMCU is  
programmable for Low-power Off mode control by the state machine.  
RESETB AND RESETBMCU  
Reset output for peripherals and processor respectively. These depend on the Power Control Modes of operation (See  
Functional Device Operation on page 40). These are meant as reset for the processor, or peripherals in a power up condition, or  
to keep one in reset while the other is up and running.  
WDI  
Watchdog input. This pin must be high to stay in the On mode. The WDI IO supply voltage is referenced to SPIVCC (normally  
connected to SW4 = 1.8 V). SPIVCC must therefore remain enabled to allow for proper WDI detection. If WDI goes low, the  
system will transition to the Off state or Cold Start (depending on the configuration).  
STANDBY AND STANDBYSEC  
Standby input signal from processor and from peripherals respectively.  
To ensure that shared resources are properly powered when required, the system will only be allowed into Standby when both  
the application processor (which typically controls the STANDBY pin) and peripherals (which typically control the STANDBYSEC  
pin) allow it. This is referred to as a Standby event.  
The Standby pins are programmable for Active High or Active Low polarity, and that decoding of a Standby event will take into  
account the programmed input polarities associated with each pin. Since the Standby pin activity is driven asynchronously to the  
system, a finite time is required for the internal logic to qualify and respond to the pin level changes.  
The state of the Standby pins only have influence in the On mode and are therefore ignored during start up and in the  
Watchdog phase. This allows the system to power up without concern of the required Standby polarities, since software can  
make adjustments accordingly, as soon as it is running.  
INT  
Interrupt to processor. Unmasked interrupt events are signaled to the processor by driving the INT pin high.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
36  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
PWRON1, 2 AND 3  
A turn on event can be accomplished by connecting an open drain NMOS driver to the PWRONx pin of the MC13892, so that  
it is in effect a parallel path for the power key.  
In addition to the turn on event, the MC13892A/B/C/D versions include a global reset feature on the PWRON3 pin.   
On the A/B/C/D versions, the GLBRSTENB defaults to 0. In the MC13892A/C versions global reset is active low. Since  
GLBRSTENB defaults to 0, the global reset feature is enabled by default. In the MC13892B/D versions global reset is active high.  
Since GLBRSTENB defaults to 0, the global reset feature is disabled by default. The global reset function can be enabled or  
disabled by changing the SPI bit GLBRSTENB at any time, as shown in table below:  
Global Reset  
Function  
GLBRSTENB  
Configuration  
Device  
GLBRSTENB  
MC13892  
N/A  
N/A  
NO  
MC13892A  
Active low  
0 = Enabled (default)  
1 = Disabled  
YES  
MC13892B  
MC13892C  
MC13892D  
Active HI  
Active low  
Active HI  
0 = Disabled (default)  
1 = Enabled  
YES  
YES  
YES  
0 = Enabled (default)  
1 = Disabled  
0 = Disabled (default)  
1 = Enabled  
The global reset feature powers down the part, disables the charger, resets the SPI registers to their default value and then  
powers back on. To generate a global reset, the PWRON3 pin needs to be pulled low for greater than 12 seconds and then pulled  
back high. If the PWRON3 pin is held low for less than 12 seconds, the pin will act as a normal PWRON pin.  
PUMS1 AND PUMS2  
Power up mode supply setting. Default start-up of the device is selectable by hardwiring the Power Up Mode Select pins. The  
Power Up Mode Select pins (PUMS1 and PUMS2) are used to configure the start-up characteristics of the regulators. Supply  
enabling and output level options are selected by hardworking the PUMS pins for the desired configuration.  
MODE  
USB LBP mode, normal mode, test mode selection & anti-fuse bias. During evaluation and testing, the IC can be configured  
for normal operation or test mode via the MODE pin as summarized in the following table.  
MODE PIN STATE  
Ground  
MODE  
Normal Operation  
USB Low-power Boot Allowed  
Test Mode  
VCOREDIG  
VCORE  
GNDCTRL  
Ground for control logic.  
SPIVCC  
Supply for SPI bus and audio bus  
CS  
CS held low at Cold Start configures the interface for SPI mode. Once activated, CS functions as the SPI Chip Select. CS tied  
to VCORE at Cold Start configures the interface for I2C mode; the pin is not used in I2C mode other than for configuration.  
Because the SPI interface pins can be reconfigured for reuse as an I2C interface, a configuration protocol mandates that the  
CS pin is held low during a turn on event for the IC (a weak pull-down is integrated on the CS pin).  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
37  
 
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
CLK  
Primary SPI clock input. In I2C mode, this pin is the SCL signal (I2C bus clock).  
MOSI  
Primary SPI write input. In I2C mode, the MOSI pin hard wired to ground or VCORE is used to select between two possible  
addresses (A0 address selection).  
MISO  
Primary SPI read output. In I2C mode, this pin is the SDA signal (bi-directional serial data line).  
GNDSPI  
Ground for SPI interface.  
USB  
UID  
This pin identifies if a mini-A or mini-B style plug has been connected to the application. The state of the ID detection can be  
read via the SPI, to poll dedicated sense bits for a floating, grounded, or factory mode condition on the UID pin.  
UVBUS  
1. USB transceiver cable interface.  
2. OTG supply output.  
When SWBST is configured to supply the UVBUS pin in OTG mode, the feedback will switch to sense the UVBUS pin instead  
of the SWBSTFB pin.  
VUSB  
This is the regulator used to provide a voltage to an external USB transceiver IC.  
VINUSB  
Input option for VUSB; supplied by SWBST. This pin is internally connected to the UVBUS pin for OTG mode operation (for  
more details about OTG mode).  
Note: When VUSBIN = 1, UVBUS will be connected via internal switches to VINUSB and incur some current drain on that pin,  
as much as 270 A maximum, so care must be taken to disable this path and set this SPI bit (VUSBIN) to 0 to minimize current  
drain, even if SWBST and/or VUSB are disabled.  
VBUSEN  
External VBUS enable pin for the OTG supply. VBUS is defined as the power rail of the USB cable (+5.0 V).  
A TO D CONVERTER  
Note: The ADIN5/6/7 inputs must not exceed BP.  
ADIN5  
ADC generic input channel 5. ADIN5 may be used as a general purpose unscaled input, but in a typical application, ADIN5 is  
used to read out the battery pack thermistor. The thermistor must be biased with an external pull-up to a voltage rail greater than  
the ADC input range. In order to save current when the thermistor reading is not required, it can be biased from one of the general  
purpose IOs such as GPO1. A resistor divider network should assure the resulting voltage falls within the ADC input range, in  
particular when the thermistor check function is used.  
ADIN6  
ADC generic input channel 6. ADIN6 may be used as a general purpose unscaled input, but in a typical application, the PA  
thermistor is connected here.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
38  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION  
FUNCTIONAL PIN DESCRIPTION  
ADIN7  
ADC generic input channel 7, group 1. ADIN7 may be used as a general purpose unscaled input or as a divide by 2 scaled  
input. In a typical application, an ambient light sensor is connected here. A second general purpose input ADIN7B is available  
on channel 7. This input is muxed on the GPO4 pin. In the application, a second ambient light sensor is supposed to be connected  
here.  
TSX1 AND TSX2, TSY1 AND TSY2 - Note: The TS[xy] [12] inputs must not exceed BP or VCORE.  
Touch Screen Interfaces X1 and X2, Y1 and Y2. The touch screen X plate is connected to TSX1 and TSX2, while the Y plate  
is connected to Y1 and Y2. In inactive mode, these pins can also be used as general purpose ADC inputs. They are respectively  
mapped on ADC channels 4, 5, 6, and 7. In interrupt mode, a voltage is applied to the X-plate (TSX2) via a weak current source  
to VCORE, while the Y-plate is connected to ground (TSY1).  
TSREF  
Touch Screen Reference regulator. This regulator is powered from VCORE. In applications not supporting touch screen, the  
TSREF can be used as a low current general purpose regulator, or it can be kept disabled and the bypass capacitor omitted.  
ADTRIG  
ADC trigger input. A rising edge on this pin will start an ADC conversion.  
GNDADC  
Ground for A to D circuitry.  
THERMAL GROUNDS  
GNDSUB1-9  
General grounds and thermal heat sinks.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
39  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
PROGRAMMABILITY  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
PROGRAMMABILITY  
INTERFACING OVERVIEW AND CONFIGURATION OPTIONS  
The MC13892 contains a number of programmable registers for control and communication. The majority of registers are  
accessed through a SPI interface in a typical application. The same register set may alternatively be accessed with an I2C  
interface that is muxed on SPI pins. The following table describes the muxed pin options for the SPI and I2C interfaces. Further  
details for each interface mode follow in this chapter.  
Table 7. SPI / I2C Bus Configuration  
Pin Name  
SPI Mode Functionality  
Configuration (43), Chip Select  
I2C Mode Functionality  
Configuration (44)  
CS  
CLK  
MISO  
MOSI  
SPI Clock  
SCL: I2C bus clock  
Master In, Slave Out (data output)  
Master Out, Slave In (data input)  
SDA: Bi-directional serial data line  
A0 Address Selection (45)  
Notes  
43. CS held low at Cold Start configures interface for SPI mode; once activated, CS functions as the SPI Chip Select.  
44. CS tied to VCORE at Cold Start configures interface for I2C mode; the pin is not used in I2C mode other than for configuration.  
45. In I2C mode, the MOSI pin hard wired to ground or VCORE is used to select between two possible addresses.  
SPI INTERFACE  
The MC13892 contains a SPI interface port, which allows access by a processor to the register set. Via these registers, the  
resources of the IC can be controlled. The registers also provide status information about how the IC is operating, as well as  
information on external signals.  
The SPI interface pins can be reconfigured for reuse as an I2C interface. As a result, a configuration protocol mandates that  
the CS pin is held low during a turn on event for the IC (a weak pull-down is integrated on the CS pin. With the CS pin held low  
during startup (as would be the case if connected to the CS driver of an unpowered processor, due to the integrated pull-down),  
the bus configuration will be latched for SPI mode.  
The SPI port utilizes 32-bit serial data words comprised of 1 write/read_b bit, 6 address bits, 1 null bit, and 24 data bits. The  
addressable register map spans 64 registers of 24 data bits each.  
The general structure of the register set is given in the following table. Bit names, positions, and basic descriptions are  
provided in SPI Bitmap. Expanded bit descriptions are included in the following functional chapters for application guidance. For  
brevity's sake, references are occasionally made herein to the register set as the “SPI map” or “SPI bits”, but note that bit access  
is also possible through the I2C interface option, so such references are implied as generically applicable to the register set  
accessible by either interface.  
Table 8. Register Set  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
0
Interrupt Status 0  
Interrupt Mask 0  
Interrupt Sense 0  
Interrupt Status 1  
Interrupt Mask 1  
Interrupt Sense 1  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
Unused  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
Regulator Mode 0  
Regulator Mode 1  
Power Miscellaneous  
Unused  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
Charger 0  
USB0  
1
Unused  
2
Memory A  
Memory B  
RTC Time  
RTC Alarm  
RTC Day  
Charger USB1  
LED Control 0  
LED Control 1  
LED Control 2  
LED Control 3  
Unused  
3
4
Unused  
5
Unused  
6
Power Up Mode Sense 22  
Unused  
7
Identification  
Unused  
ACC 0  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
RTC Day Alarm  
Switchers 0  
Switchers 1  
Switchers 2  
Switchers 3  
Unused  
8
Unused  
Unused  
9
Unused  
Trim 0  
10  
11  
ACC 1  
Unused  
Trim 1  
Unused  
ADC 0  
Test 0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
40  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
PROGRAMMABILITY  
Table 8. Register Set  
Register  
Register  
Register  
Register  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Unused  
28  
29  
30  
31  
Switchers 4  
44  
45  
46  
47  
ADC 1  
ADC 2  
ADC 3  
ADC4  
60  
61  
62  
63  
Test 1  
Test 2  
Test 3  
Test 4  
Power Control 0  
Power Control 1  
Power Control 2  
Switchers 5  
Regulator Setting 0  
Regulator Setting 1  
The SPI interface is comprised of the package pins listed in Table 9.  
Table 9. SPI Interface Pin Description  
SPI Bus  
CLK  
Description  
Clock input line, data shifting occurs at the rising edge  
MOSI  
MISO  
CS  
Serial data input line  
Serial data output line  
Clock enable line, active high  
Interrupt  
INT  
Supply  
SPIVCC  
Description  
Description  
Interrupt to processor  
Processor SPI bus supply  
SPI INTERFACE DESCRIPTION  
The control bits are organized into 64 fields. Each of these 64 fields contains 32-bits. A maximum of 24 data bits are used per  
field. In addition, there is one “dead” bit between the data and address fields. The remaining bits include 6 address bits to address  
the 64 data fields and one write enable bit to select whether the SPI transaction is a read or a write.  
The register set will be to a large extent compatible with the MC13783, in order to facilitate software development.  
For each SPI transfer, first a one is written to the read/write bit if this SPI transfer is to be a write. A zero is written to the read/  
write bit if this is to be a read command only.  
The CS line must remain high during the entire SPI transfer. To start a new SPI transfer, the CS line must go inactive and then  
go active again. The MISO line will be tri-stated while CS is low.  
To read a field of data, the MISO pin will output the data field pointed to by the 6 address bits loaded at the beginning of the  
SPI sequence.  
Figure 5. SPI Transfer Protocol Single Read/Write Access  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
41  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
PROGRAMMABILITY  
Figure 6. SPI Transfer Protocol Multiple Read/Write Access  
SPI ELECTRICAL & TIMING REQUIREMENTS  
The following diagram and table summarize the SPI electrical and timing requirements. The SPI input and output levels are  
set independently via the SPIVCC pin by connecting it to the desired supply. This would typically be tied to SW4 programmed  
for 1.80 V. The strength of the MISO driver is programmable through the SPIDRV[1:0] bits.  
Figure 7. SPI Interface Timing Diagram  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
42  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
PROGRAMMABILITY  
Table 10. SPI Interface Timing Specifications  
Parameter  
Description  
t min (ns)  
15  
tSELSU  
Time CS has to be high before the first rising edge of CLK  
Time CS has to remain high after the last falling edge of CLK  
Time CS has to remain low between two transfers  
tSELHLD  
tSELLOW  
tCLKPER  
tCLKHIGH  
tCLKLOW  
tWRTSU  
tWRTHLD  
tRDSU  
15  
15  
Clock period of CLK  
38  
Part of the clock period where CLK has to remain high  
Part of the clock period where CLK has to remain low  
Time MOSI has to be stable before the next rising edge of CLK  
Time MOSI has to remain stable after the rising edge of CLK  
Time MISO will be stable before the next rising edge of CLK  
Time MISO will remain stable after the falling edge of CLK  
Time MISO needs to become active after the rising edge of CS  
Time MISO needs to become inactive after the falling edge of CS  
15  
15  
4.0  
4.0  
4.0  
4.0  
4.0  
4.0  
tRDHLD  
tRDEN  
tRDDIS  
Notes  
46. This table reflects a maximum SPI clock frequency of 26 MHz  
Table 11. SPI Interface Logic IO Specifications  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
0.0  
Typ  
Max  
0.3*SPIVCC  
SPIVCC+0.3  
0.2  
Units  
Input Low CS, MOSI, CLK  
Input High CS, MOSI, CLK  
Output Low MISO, INT  
Output High MISO, INT  
SPIVCC Operating Range  
V
V
V
V
V
0.7*SPIVCC  
0
Output sink 100 A  
Output source 100 A  
SPIVCC-0.2  
1.75  
SPIVCC  
3.1  
CL = 50 pF, SPIVCC = 1.8 V  
SPIDRV[1:0] = 00 (default)  
SPIDRV[1:0] = 01  
11  
6.0  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
MISO Rise and Fall Time  
SPIDRV[1:0] = 10  
High Z  
22  
SPIDRV[1:0] = 11  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
43  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
I2C INTERFACE  
2
I C INTERFACE  
2
I C CONFIGURATION  
When configured for I2C mode (see Table 7) the interface may be used to access the complete register map previously  
described for SPI access. The MC13892 can function only as an I2C slave device, not as a host.  
I2C interface protocol requires a device ID for addressing the target IC on a multi-device bus. To allow flexibility in addressing  
for bus conflict avoidance, pin programmable selection is provided through the MOSI pin to allow configuration for the address  
LSB(s). This product supports 7-bit addressing only; support is not provided for 10-bit or General Call addressing.  
The I2C mode of the interface is implemented generally following the Fast Mode definition which supports up to 400 kbits/s  
operation. Timing diagrams, electrical specifications, and further details can be found in the I2C specification.  
Standard I2C protocol utilizes packets of 8-bits (bytes), with an acknowledge bit (ACK) required between each byte. However,  
the number of bytes per transfer is unrestricted. The register map of the MC13892 is organized in 24-bit registers which  
corresponds to the 24-bit words supported by the SPI protocol of this product. To ensure that the I2C operation mimics SPI  
transactions in behavior of a complete 24-bit word being written in one transaction, software is expected to perform write  
transactions to the device in 3 byte sequences, beginning with the MSB. Internally, data latching will be gated by the acknowledge  
at the completion of writing the third consecutive byte.  
Failure to complete a 3 byte write sequence will abort the I2C transaction and the register will retain its previous value. This  
could be due to a premature STOP command from the master.  
I2C read operations are also performed in byte increments separated by an ACK. Read operations also begin with the MSB  
and 3 bytes will be sent out, unless a STOP command or NACK is received prior to completion.  
The following examples show how to write and read data to the IC. The host initiates and terminates all communication. The  
host sends a master command packet after driving the start condition. The device will respond to the host if the master command  
packet contains the corresponding slave address. In the following examples, the device is shown always responding with an ACK  
to transmissions from the host. If at any time a NAK is received, the host should terminate the current transaction and retry the  
transaction.  
2
I C DEVICE ID  
The I2C interface protocol requires a device ID for addressing the target IC on a multi-device bus. To allow flexibility in  
addressing for bus conflict avoidance, pin programmable selection is provided to allow configuration for the address LSB(s). This  
product supports 7-bit addressing only. Support is not provided for 10-bit or General Call addressing.  
Because the MOSI pin is not utilized for I2C communication, it is reassigned for pin programmable address selection by  
hardwiring to VCORE or GND at the board level, when configured for I2C mode. MOSI will act as Bit 0 of the address. The I2C  
address assigned to FSL PM ICs (shared amongst our portfolio) is as follows:  
00010-A1-A0, where the A1 and A0 bits are allowed to be configured for either 1 or 0. It is anticipated for a maximum of two  
FSL PM ICs on a given board, which could be sharing an I2C bus. The A1 address bit is internally hard wired as a “0”, leaving  
the LSB A0 for board level configuration. The A1 bit will be implemented such that it can be re-wired as a “1” (with a metal change  
or fuse trim), if conflicts are encountered before the final production material is manufactured. The designated address is defined  
as: 000100-A0.  
2
I C OPERATION  
The I2C mode of the interface is implemented, generally following the Fast mode definition, which supports up to 400 kbits/s  
operation. The exceptions to the standard are noted to be 7-bit only addressing, and no support for General Call addressing.  
Timing diagrams, electrical specifications, and further details can be found in the I2C specification, which is available for  
download at:  
http://www.nxp.com/acrobat_download/literature/9398/39340011.pdf  
Standard I2C protocol utilizes bytes of 8-bits, with an acknowledge bit (ACK) required between each byte. However, the  
number of bytes per transfer are unrestricted. The register map is organized in 24-bit registers, which corresponds to the 24-bit  
words supported by the SPI protocol of this product. To ensure that I2C operation mimics SPI transactions in behavior of a  
complete 24-bit word being written in one transaction. The software is expected to perform write transactions to the device in 3  
byte sequences, beginning with the MSB. Internally, data latching will be gated by the acknowledge at the completion of writing  
the third consecutive byte.  
Failure to complete a 3 byte write sequence will abort the I2C transaction, and the register will retain its previous value. This  
could be due to a premature STOP command from the master, for example. I2C read operations are also performed in byte  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
44  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
I2C INTERFACE  
increments separated by an ACK. Read operations also begin with the MSB, and 3 bytes will be sent out unless a STOP  
command or NACK is received prior to completion.  
The following examples show how to write and read data to the IC. The host initiates and terminates all communication. The  
host sends a master command packet after driving the start condition. The device will respond to the host if the master command  
packet contains the corresponding slave address. In the following examples, the device is shown always responding with an ACK  
to transmissions from the host. If at any time a NAK is received, the host should terminate the current transaction and retry the  
transaction.  
Figure 8. I2C 3 Byte Write Example  
Figure 9. I2C 3 Byte Read Example  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
45  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
I2C INTERFACE  
INTERRUPT HANDLING  
CONTROL  
The MC13892 has interrupt generation capability to inform the system on important events occurring. An interrupt is signaled  
to the processor by driving the INT pin high. This is true whether the communication interface is configured for the SPI or I2C.  
Each interrupt is latched so that even if the interrupt source becomes inactive, the interrupt will remain set until cleared. Each  
interrupt can be cleared by writing a 1 to the appropriate bit in the Interrupt Status register. This will also cause the interrupt line  
to go low. If a new interrupt occurs while the processor clears an existing interrupt bit, the interrupt line will remain high.  
Each interrupt can be masked by setting the corresponding mask bit to a 1. As a result, when a masked interrupt bit goes high,  
the interrupt line will not go high. A masked interrupt can still be read from the Interrupt Status register. This gives the processor  
the option of polling for status from the IC. The IC powers up with all interrupts masked except the USB low-power boot, so the  
processor must initially poll the device to determine if any interrupts are active. Alternatively, the processor can unmask the  
interrupt bits of interest. If a masked interrupt bit was already high, the interrupt line will go high after unmasking.  
The sense registers contain status and input sense bits so the system processor can poll the current state of interrupt sources.  
They are read only, and not latched or clearable.  
Interrupts generated by external events are debounced, meaning that the event needs to be stable throughout the debounce  
period before an interrupt is generated.  
BIT SUMMARY  
Table 12 summarizes all interrupt, mask, and sense bits associated with INT control. For more detailed behavioral  
descriptions, refer to the related chapters.  
Table 12. Interrupt, Mask and Sense Bits  
DebounceTi  
me  
Interrupt  
Mask  
Sense  
Purpose  
Trigger  
Section  
ADC has finished requested  
conversions  
ADCDONEI  
ADCDONEM  
L2H  
0
page 100  
ADCBIS has finished requested  
conversions  
ADCBISDONEI  
TSI  
ADCBISDONEM  
TSM  
L2H  
0
page 100  
page 100  
Touch screen wake-up  
Dual  
30ms  
CHGDETS  
Charger detection sense is 1 if  
detected  
32 ms  
CHGDETI  
CHGDETM  
Dual  
page 89  
CHGENS  
USBOVS  
Charger state sense is 1 if active  
100 ms  
VBUS over-voltage  
Sense is 1 if above threshold  
USBOVI  
USBOVM  
Dual  
60 s  
page 89  
CHGREVI  
CHGREVM  
Charger path reverse current  
Charger path short circuit  
L2H  
L2H  
1.0 ms  
1.0 ms  
page 89  
page 89  
CHGSHORTI  
CHGSHORTM  
Charger fault detection  
00 = Cleared, no fault  
01 = Charge source fault  
10 = Battery fault  
CHGFAULTI  
CHGFAULTM  
CHGFAULTS[1:0]  
L2H  
10 ms  
page 89  
11 = Battery temperature  
Charge current below threshold  
Sense is 1 if above threshold  
CHGCURRI  
CCCVI  
CHGCURRM  
CCCVM  
CHGCURRS  
CCCVS  
H2L  
Dual  
L2H  
1.0 ms  
100 ms  
30 ms  
page 89  
page 89  
page 54  
CCCVI transition detection  
BP turn on threshold detection.  
Sense is 1 if above threshold.  
BPONI  
BPONM  
BPONS  
Low battery detect  
Sense is 1 if below LOBATL  
threshold  
LOBATLI  
BVALIDI  
LOBATLM  
BVALIDM  
LOBATLS  
BVALIDS  
L2H  
0
page 54  
L2H: 20-  
24 ms  
H2L: 8-  
12 ms  
USB B-session valid  
Dual  
page 111  
Sense is 1 if above threshold  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
46  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
I2C INTERFACE  
Table 12. Interrupt, Mask and Sense Bits  
DebounceTi  
me  
Interrupt  
Mask  
Sense  
Purpose  
Trigger  
Section  
Low battery warning  
Sense is 1 if above LOBATH  
threshold.  
LOBATHI  
LOBATHM  
LOBATHS  
Dual  
30 s  
page 54  
L2H: 20-  
24 ms  
H2L: 8-  
12 ms  
VBUSVALIDI  
VBUSVALIDM  
VBUSVALIDS  
Detects A-Session Valid on VBUS Dual  
page 111  
ID floating detect. Sense is 1 if  
Dual  
IDFLOATI  
IDGNDI  
IDFLOATM  
IDGNDM  
IDFLOATS  
IDGNDS  
90 s  
90 s  
90 s  
page 111  
page 111  
page 111  
above threshold  
USB ID ground detect. Sense is 1  
if not to ground  
Dual  
ID voltage for Factory mode detect  
Dual  
IDFACTORYI  
IDFACTORYM  
IDFACTORYS  
Sense is 1 if above threshold  
Wall charger detect  
Regulator short-circuit protection  
tripped  
Dual  
L2H  
1.0 ms  
200 s  
CHRGSE1BI  
CHRGSE1BM  
CHRSE1BS  
page 89  
Short circuit protection trip  
detection  
SCPI  
SCPS  
L2H  
0
page 71  
BATTDETBI  
1HZI  
BATTDETBM  
1HZM  
BATTDETBS  
Battery removal detect  
1.0 Hz time tick  
Dual  
L2H  
L2H  
H2L  
L2H  
H2L  
L2H  
H2L  
L2H  
30 ms  
0
page 100  
page 49  
page 49  
page 54  
page 54  
page 54  
page 54  
page 54  
page 54  
TODAI  
TODAM  
Time of day alarm  
0
30 ms (1)  
30 ms  
30 ms (47)  
30 ms  
30 ms (47)  
30 ms  
PWRON1 event  
Sense is 1 if pin is high.  
PWRON1I  
PWRON2I  
PWRON3I  
SYSRSTI  
PWRON1M  
PWRON2M  
PWRON3M  
SYSRSTM  
PWRON1S  
PWRON2S  
PWRON3S  
PWRON2 event  
Sense is 1 if pin is high.  
PWRON3 event  
Sense is 1 if pin is high.  
System reset through PWRONx  
pins  
L2H  
0
page 54  
WDIRESETI  
PCI  
WDIRESETM  
PCM  
WDI silent system restart  
Power cut event  
L2H  
L2H  
L2H  
L2H  
0
0
0
0
page 54  
page 54  
page 54  
page 54  
WARMI  
WARMM  
Warm Start event  
MEMHLDI  
MEMHLDM  
Memory Hold event  
Clock source change  
Sense is 1 if source is XTAL  
CLKI  
CLKM  
CLKS  
Dual  
L2H  
Dual  
0
page 49  
page 49  
page 71  
RTC reset or intrusion has  
occurred  
RTCRSTI  
THWARNHI  
RTCRSTM  
THWARNHM  
0
Thermal warning higher threshold  
Sense is 1 if above threshold  
THWARNHS  
30 ms  
Thermal warning lower threshold  
Sense is 1 if above threshold  
THWARNLI  
LPBI  
THWARNLM  
LPBM  
THWARNLS  
LPBS  
Dual  
Dual  
30 ms  
page 71  
page 89  
Low-power boot interrupt  
1.0 ms  
Notes  
47. Debounce timing for the falling edge can be extended with PWRONxDBNC[1:0]; refer to Power Control System for details.  
Additional sense bits are available to reflect the state of the power up mode selection pins, as summarized in Table 13.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
47  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
I2C INTERFACE  
Table 13. Additional Sense Bits  
Sense  
Description  
Section  
00 = MODE grounded  
10 = MODE to VCOREDIG  
11 = MODE to VCORE  
MODES[1:0]  
page 40  
00 = PUMS grounded  
01 = PUMS open  
10 = PUMS to VCOREDIG  
11 = PUMS to VCORE  
PUMSxS[1:0]  
CHRGSSS  
page 54  
page 89  
0 = Single path  
1 = Serial path  
SPECIFIC REGISTERS  
IDENTIFICATION  
The MC13892 parts can be identified though identification bits which are hardwired on chip.  
The version of the MC13892 can be identified by the ICID[2:0] bits. This is used to distinguish future derivatives or  
customizations of the MC13892. The bits are set to ICID[2:0] = 111 and are located in the revision register.  
The revision of the MC13892 is tracked with the revision identification bits REV[4:0]. The bits REV[4:3] track the full mask set  
revision, where bits REV[2:0] track the metal revisions. These bits are hardwired.  
Table 14. IC Revision Bit Assignment  
Bits REV[4:0]  
IC Revision  
10001  
Pass 3.1  
The bits FIN[3:0] are Freescale use only and are not to be explored by the application.  
The MC13892 die is produced using different wafer fabrication plants. The plants can be identified via the FAB[1:0] bits. These  
bits are hardwired.  
MEMORY REGISTERS  
The MC13892 has a small general purpose embedded memory of two times 24-bits to store critical data. The data is  
maintained when the device is turned off and when in a power cut. The contents are only reset when a RTC reset occurs, see  
Clock Generation and Real Time Clock.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
48  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CLOCK GENERATION AND REAL TIME CLOCK  
CLOCK GENERATION AND REAL TIME CLOCK  
CLOCK GENERATION  
The MC13892 generates a 32.768 kHz clock as well as several 32.768 kHz derivative clocks that are used internally for  
control.  
Support is also provided for an external Secure Real Time Clock (SRTC) which may be integrated on a companion system  
processor IC. For media protection in compliance with Digital Rights Management (DRM) system requirements, the  
CLK32KMCU can be provided as a reference to the SRTC module where tamper protection is implemented.  
CLOCKING SCHEME  
The MC13892 contains an internal 32 kHz oscillator, that delivers a 32 kHz nominal frequency (20%) at its outputs when an  
external 32.768 kHz crystal is not present.  
If a 32.768 kHz crystal is present and running, then all control functions will run off the crystal derived 32 kHz oscillator. In  
absence of a valid supply at the BP supply node (for instance due to a dead battery), the crystal oscillator continues running,  
supplied from the coin cell battery until the coin cell is depleted.  
The 32 kHz clock is driven to two output pins, CLK32KMCU (intended as the CKIL input to the system processor) is referenced  
to VSRTC, and CLK32K (provided as a clock reference for the peripherals) is referenced to SPIVCC. The driver is enabled by  
the startup sequencer, and CLK32KMCU is programmable for Low-power Off mode, controlled by the state machine.  
Additionally, a SPI bit CLK32KMCUEN bit is provided for direct SPI control. The CLK32KMCUEN bit defaults to a 1 and resets  
on RTCPORB, to ensure the buffer is activated at the first power up and configured as desired for subsequent power ups.  
CLK32K is restricted to state machine activation in normal On mode.  
The drive strength of the CLK32K output drivers are programmable with CLK32KDRV[1:0] (master control bits that affect the  
drive strength of CLK32K).  
During a switchover between the two clock sources (such as when the crystal oscillator is starting up), the output clock is  
maintained at a stable active low or high phase of the internal 32 kHz clock to avoid any clocking glitches. If the XTAL clock  
source suddenly disappears during operation, the IC will revert back to the internal clock source. Given the unpredictable nature  
of the event and the startup times involved, the clock may be absent long enough for the application to shut down during this  
transition, for example, due to a sag in the switchover output voltage, or absence of a signal on the clock output pins.  
A status bit, CLKS, is available to indicate to the processor which clock is currently selected: CLKS=0 when the internal RC is  
used, and CLKS=1 if the XTAL source is used. The CLKI interrupt bit will be set whenever a change in the clock source occurs,  
and an interrupt will be generated if the corresponding CLKM mask bit is cleared.  
OSCILLATOR SPECIFICATIONS  
The crystal oscillator has been designed for use in conjunction with the Micro Crystal CC7V-T1A-32.768 kHz-9pF-30 ppm or  
equivalent (such as Micro Crystal CC5V-T1A or Epson FC135).  
Table 15. RTC Crystal Specifications  
Nominal Frequency  
Make Tolerance  
32.768 kHz  
+/-30 ppm  
-0.038 ppm /C2  
80 kOhm  
Temperature Stability  
Series Resistance  
Maximum Drive Level  
Operating Drive Level  
Nominal Load Capacitance  
Pin-to-pin Capacitance  
Aging  
1.0 W  
0.25 to 0.5 W  
9.0 pF  
1.4 pF  
3 ppm/year  
The oscillator also accepts a clock signal from an external source. This clock signal is to be applied to the XTAL1 pin, where  
the signal can be DC or AC coupled. A capacitive divider can be used to adapt the source signal to the XTAL1 input levels. When  
applying an external source, the XTAL2 pin is to be connected to VCOREDIG.  
The electrical characteristics of the 32 kHz Crystal oscillator are given in the table below, taking into account the above crystal  
characteristics  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
49  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CLOCK GENERATION AND REAL TIME CLOCK  
Table 16. Crystal Oscillator Main Characteristics  
Parameter  
Operating Voltage  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Oscillator and RTC Block from BP  
At LICELL  
1.2  
1.8  
-
4.65  
2.0  
1.0  
-
V
V
Coin cell Disconnect Threshold  
RTC oscillator startup time  
XTAL1 Input Level  
Upon application of power  
External clock source  
External clock source  
sec  
VPP  
V
0.3  
-0.5  
XTAL1 Input Range  
1.2  
Output Low CLK32K,  
CLK32KMCU  
Output sink 100 A  
0
0.2  
V
CLK32K Output source 100 A  
CLK32KMCU Output source 100 A  
CL=50 pF  
SPIVCC-0.2  
VSRTC-0.2  
SPIVCC  
VSRTC  
V
V
Output High  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 00 (default)  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 01  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 10  
CLK32KDRV[1:0] = 11  
CL=12 pF  
22  
11  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
CLK32K Rise and Fall Time  
High Z  
44  
CLD32KMCU Rise and Fall Time  
22  
CLK32K and CLK32KMCU  
Output Duty Cycle  
Crystal on XTAL1, XTAL2 pins  
45  
55  
%
OSCILLATOR APPLICATION GUIDELINES  
The guidelines below may prove to be helpful in providing a crystal oscillator that starts reliably and runs with minimal jitter.  
PCB leakage: The RTC amplifier is a low-current circuit. Therefore, PCB leakage may significantly change the operating point  
of the amplifier and even the drive level to the crystal. (Changing the drive level to the crystal may change the aging rate, jitter,  
and even the frequency at a given load capacitance.) The traces should be kept as short as possible to minimize the leakage,  
and good PCB manufacturing processes should be maintained.  
Layout: The traces from the MC13892 to the crystal, load capacitance, and the RTC Ground are sensitive. They must be kept  
as short as possible with minimal coupling to other signals. The signal ground for the RTC is to be connected to GNDRTC, and  
via a single connection, GNDRTC to the system ground. The CLK32K and CLK32KMCU square wave outputs must be kept away  
from the crystal / load capacitor leads, as the sharp edges can couple into the circuit and lead to excessive jitter. The crystal /  
load capacitance leads and the RTC Ground must form a minimal loop area.  
Crystal Choice: Generally speaking, crystals are not interchangeable between manufacturers, or even different packages for  
a given manufacturer. If a different crystal is considered, it must be fully characterized with the MC13892 before it can be  
considered.  
Tuning Capacitors: The nominal load capacitance is 9.0 pF, therefore the total capacitance at each node should be 18 pF,  
composed out of the load capacitance, the effective input capacitance at each pin, plus the PCB stray capacitance for each pin.  
SRTC SUPPORT  
The MC13892 provides support for processors which have an integrated SRTC for Digital Rights Management (DRM), by  
providing a VSRTC voltage to bias the SRTC module of the processor, as well as a CLK32KMCU at the VSRTC output level.  
When configured for DRM mode (SPI bit DRM = 1), the CLK32MCU driver will be kept enabled through all operational states,  
to ensure that the SRTC module always has its reference clock. If DRM = 0, the CLK32KMCU driver will not be maintained in the  
Off state. Refer to Table 23 for the operating behavior of the CLK32KMCU output in User Off, Memory Hold, User off Wait, and  
internal MEMHOLD PCUT modes.  
It is also necessary to provide a means for the processor to do an RTC initiated wake-up of the system, if it has been  
programmed for such capability. This can be accomplished by connecting an open drain NMOS driver to the PWRON pin of the  
MC13892, so that it is in effect a parallel path for the power key. The MC13892 will not be able to discern the turn on event from  
a normal power key initiated turn on, but the processor should have the knowledge, since the RTC initiated turn on is generated  
locally.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
50  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CLOCK GENERATION AND REAL TIME CLOCK  
Figure 10. SRTC block diagram  
VSRTC  
The VSRTC regulator provides the CLK32KMCU output level. It is also used to bias the Low-power SRTC domain of the SRTC  
module integrated on certain FSL processors. The VSRTC regulator is enabled as soon as the RTCPORB is detected. The  
VSRTC cannot be disabled.  
Table 17. VSRTC Specifications  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
General  
Operating Input Voltage Range,  
INMIN to VINMAX  
1.8  
3.6  
V
V
Valid Coin Cell range or valid BP  
V
UVDET  
4.65  
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN  
to ILMAX  
0.0  
50  
A  
F  
Bypass Capacitor Value  
1.0  
Active Mode - DC  
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX  
ILMIN < IL < ILMAX  
Output Voltage VOUT  
1.150  
1.20  
1.25  
V
REAL TIME CLOCK  
A real Time Clock (RTC) function is provided including time and day counters as well as an alarm function. The utilizes a  
32 kHz clock, either the RC oscillator or the 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator as a time base, and is powered by the coin cell backup  
supply when BP has dropped below operational range. In configurations where the SRTC is used, the RTC can be disabled to  
conserve current drain by setting the RTCDIS bit to a 1 (defaults on at power up).  
TIME AND DAY COUNTERS  
The 32 kHz clock is divided down to a 1.0 Hz time tick which drives a 17-bit Time Of Day (TOD) counter. The TOD counter  
counts the seconds during a 24 hour period from 0 to 86,399, and will then roll over to 0. When the roll over occurs, it increments  
the 15-bit DAY counter. The DAY counter can count up to 32767 days. The 1.0 Hz time tick can be used to generate a 1HZI  
interrupt if unmasked.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
51  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CLOCK GENERATION AND REAL TIME CLOCK  
TIME OF DAY ALARM  
A Time Of Day Alarm (TODA) function can be used to turn on the application and alert the processor. If the application is  
already on, the processor will be interrupted. The TODA and DAYA registers are used to set the alarm time. Only a single alarm  
can be programmed at a time. When the TOD counter is equal to the value in TODA, and the DAY counter is equal to the value  
in DAYA, the TODAI interrupt will be generated.  
At initial power up of the application (application of the coin cell), the state of the TODA and DAYA registers will be all 1's. The  
interrupt for the alarm (TODAI) is backed up by LICELL and will be valid at power up. If the mask bit for the TOD alarm (TODAM)  
is high, then the TODAI interrupt is masked and the application will not turn on with the time of day alarm event  
(TOD[16:0] = TODA[16:0] and DAY[14:0] = DAYA[14:0]). By default, the TODAM mask bit is set to 1, thus masking the interrupt  
and turn on event.  
TIMER RESET  
As long as the supply at BP is valid, the real time clock will be supplied from VCORE. If not, it can be backed up from a coin  
cell via the LICELL pin. When the backup voltage drops below RTCUVDET, the RTCPORB reset signal is generated and the  
contents of the RTC will be reset. Additional registers backed up by coin cell will also reset with RTCPORB. To inform the  
processor that the contents of the RTC are no longer valid due to the reset, a timer reset interrupt function is implemented with  
the RTCRSTI bit.  
RTC TIMER CALIBRATION  
A clock calibration system is provided to adjust the 32,768 cycle counter that generates the 1.0 Hz timer for RTC timing  
registers to comply with digital rights management specifications of ±50 ppm. This calibration system can be disabled, if not  
needed to reduce the RTC current drain. The general implementation relies on the system processor to measure the 32.768 kHz  
crystal oscillator against a higher frequency and more accurate system clock such as a TCXO. If the RTC timer needs a  
correction, a 5-bit 2's complement calibration word can be sent via the SPI to compensate the RTC for inaccuracy in its reference  
oscillator as defined in Table 18.  
Table 18. RTC Calibration Settings  
Code in RTCCAL[4:0]  
Correction in Counts per 32768  
Relative correction in ppm  
01111  
00011  
00001  
00000  
11111  
11101  
10001  
10000  
+15  
+3  
+1  
0
+458  
+92  
+31  
0
-1  
-31  
-3  
-92  
-15  
-16  
-458  
-488  
Note that the 32.768 kHz oscillator is not affected by RTCCAL settings. Calibration is only applied to the RTC time base  
counter. Therefore, the frequency at the clock outputs CLK32K and CLK32KMCU are not affected.  
The RTC system calibration is enabled by programming the RTCCALMODE[1:0] for desired behavior by operational mode.  
Table 19. RTC Calibration Enabling  
RTCCALMODE  
Function  
RTC Calibration disabled (default)  
00  
01  
10  
11  
RTC Calibration enabled in all modes except coin cell only  
Reserved for future use. Do not use.  
RTC Calibration enabled in all modes  
A slight increase in consumption will be seen when the calibration circuitry is activated. To minimize consumption and  
maximize lifetime when the RTC system is maintained by the coin cell, the RTC Calibration circuitry can be automatically disabled  
when main battery contact is lost, or if it is so deeply discharged that RTC power draw is switched to the coin cell (configured  
with RTCCALMODE = 01).  
Because of the low RTC consumption, RTC accuracy can be maintained through long periods of the application being shut  
down, even after the main battery has discharged. However, it is noted that the calibration can only be as good as the RTCCAL  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
52  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CLOCK GENERATION AND REAL TIME CLOCK  
data that has been provided, so occasional refreshing is recommended to ensure that any drift influencing environmental factors  
have not skewed the clock beyond desired tolerances.  
COIN CELL BATTERY BACKUP  
The LICELL pin provides a connection for a coin cell backup battery or supercap. If the main battery is deeply discharged,  
removed, or contact-bounced (i.e., during a power cut), the RTC system and coin cell maintained logic will switch over to the  
LICELL for backup power. This switch over occurs for a BP below the UVDET threshold with LICELL greater than BP. A small  
capacitor should be placed from LICELL to ground under all circumstances.  
Upon initial insertion of the coincell, it is not immediately connected to the on chip circuitry. The cell gets connected when the  
IC powers on, or after enabling the coincell charger when the IC was already on. During operation, coincells can get damaged  
and their lifetime reduced when deeply discharged. In order to avoid such, the internal circuitry supplied from LICELL is  
automatically disconnected for voltages below the coincell disconnect threshold. The cell gets reconnected again under the same  
conditions as for initial insertion.  
The coin cell charger circuit will function as a current-limited voltage source, resulting in the CC/CV taper characteristic  
typically used for rechargeable Lithium-Ion batteries. The coin cell charger is enabled via the COINCHEN bit. The coin cell  
voltage is programmable through the VCOIN[2:0] bits. The coin cell charger voltage is programmable in the ON state where the  
charge current is fixed at ICOINHI.  
If COINCHEN=1 when the system goes into Off or User Off state, the coin cell charger will continue to charge to the predefined  
voltage setting but at a lower maximum current ICOINLO. This compensates for self discharge of the coin cell and ensures that  
if/when the main cell gets depleted, that the coin cell will be topped off for maximum RTC retention. The coin cell charging will  
be stopped for the BP below UVDET. The bit COINCHEN itself is only cleared when an RTCPORB occurs.  
Table 20. Coin cell Charger Voltage Specifications  
VCOIN[2:0]  
Output Voltage  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
2.50  
2.70  
2.80  
2.90  
3.00  
3.10  
3.20  
3.30  
Table 21. Coin cell Charger Specifications  
Parameter  
Typ  
Units  
Voltage Accuracy  
Coin Cell Charge Current in On and Watchdog modes ICOINHI  
100  
60  
mV  
A  
A  
%
Coin Cell Charge Current in Off and Low-power Off modes (User Off / Memory Hold) ICOINLO  
Current Accuracy  
10  
30  
LICELL Bypass Capacitor  
100  
4.7  
100  
4.7  
nF  
F  
nF  
F  
LICELL Bypass Capacitor as coin cell replacement  
LICELL Bypass Capacitor  
LICELL Bypass Capacitor as coin cell replacement  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
53  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM  
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM  
INTERFACE  
The power control system on the MC13892 interfaces with the processor via different IO signals and the SPI/I2C bus. It also  
uses on chip signals and detector outputs. Table 22 gives a listing of the principal elements of this interface.  
Table 22. Power Control System Interface Signals  
Name  
PWRON1  
Type of Signal  
Function  
Input pin  
Input pin  
Input pin  
SPI bits  
SPI bits  
SPI bits  
SPI bits  
SPI bit  
Power on/off 1 button connection  
Power on/off 2 button connection  
Power on/off 3 button connection  
PWRONx pin interrupt /mask / sense bits  
PWRON2  
PWRON3  
PWRONxI/M/S  
PWRON1DBNC[1:0]  
PWRON2DBNC[1:0]  
PWRON3DBNC[1:0]  
PWRON1RSTEN  
PWRON2RSTEN  
PWRON3RSTEN  
RESTARTEN  
SYSRSTI/M  
WDI  
Sets time for the PWRON1 pin hardware debounce  
Sets time for the PWRON2 pin hardware debounce  
Sets time for the PWRON3 pin hardware debounce  
Allows for system reset through the PWRON1 pin  
Allows for system reset through the PWRON2 pin  
Allows for system reset through the PWRON3 pin  
Allows for system restart after a PWRON initiated system reset  
PWRONx System restart interrupt / mask bits  
SPI bit  
SPI bit  
SPI bit  
SPI bits  
Input pin  
SPI bit  
Watchdog input has to be kept high by the processor to keep the MC13892 active  
Allows for system restart through the WDI pin  
WDIRESET  
WDIRESETI/M  
RESET  
SPI bits  
Output pin  
Output pin  
Input pin  
Input pin  
Input pin  
SPI bit  
WDI System restart interrupt / mask bits  
Reset Bar output (active low) to the application. Requires an external pull-up  
Reset Bar output (active low) to the processor core. Requires an external pull-up  
Switchers and regulators power up sequence and defaults selection 1  
Switchers and regulators power up sequence and defaults selection 2  
Signal from primary processor to put the MC13892 in a Low-power mode  
Standby signal polarity setting  
RESETMCU  
PUMS1  
PUMS2  
STANDBY  
STANDBYINV  
STANDBYSEC  
STANDBYSECINV  
STBYDLY[1:0]  
BPON  
Input pin  
SPI bit  
Signal from secondary processor to put the MC13892 in a Low-power mode  
Secondary standby signal polarity setting  
SPI bits  
Threshold  
SPI bits  
Threshold  
SPI bits  
Threshold  
SPI bits  
SPI bits  
Threshold  
Input pin  
Output pin  
Output pin  
SPI bit  
Sets delay before entering standby mode  
Threshold validating turn on events  
BPONI/M/S  
LOBATH  
BP turn on threshold interrupt / mask / sense bits  
Threshold for a low battery warning  
LOBATHI/M/S  
LOBATL  
Low battery warning interrupt / mask / sense bits  
Threshold for a low battery detect  
LOBATLI/M/S  
BPSNS [1:0]  
UVDET  
Low battery detect interrupt / mask / sense bits  
Selects for different settings of LOBATL and LOBATH thresholds  
Threshold for under-voltage detection, will shut down the device  
Connection for Lithium based coin cell  
LICELL  
CLK32KMCU  
CLK32K  
Low frequency system clock output for the processor 32.768 kHz  
Low frequency system clock output for application (peripherals) 32.768 kHz  
Enables the CLK32KMCU clock output  
CLK32KMCUEN  
Keeps VSRTC and CLK32KMCU active in all states for digital rights management, including off  
mode  
DRM  
SPI bit  
PCEN  
SPI bit  
SPI bits  
SPI bits  
SPI bit  
Enables power cut support  
Power cut detect interrupt / mask bits  
Allowed power cut duration  
Enables power cut counter  
Power cut counter  
PCI/M  
PCT[7:0]  
PCCOUNTEN  
PCCOUNT[3:0]  
SPI bits  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
54  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
POWER CONTROL SYSTEM  
Table 22. Power Control System Interface Signals  
Name  
Type of Signal  
Function  
PCMAXCNT[3:0]  
PCUTEXPB  
SPI bits  
SPI bit  
Maximum number of allowed power cuts  
Indicates a power cut timer counter expired  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
55  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
OPERATING MODES  
POWER CONTROL STATE MACHINE  
Figure 11 shows the flow of the power control state machine. This diagram serves as the basis for the description in the  
remainder of this chapter.  
Figure 11. Power Control State Machine Flow Diagram  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
56  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
POWER CONTROL MODES DESCRIPTION  
Following are text descriptions of the power states of the system, which give additional details of the state machine, and  
complement Figure 11. Note that the SPI control is only possible in the Watchdog, On, and User Off Wait states, and that the  
interrupt line INT is kept low in all states except for Watchdog and On.  
Off  
If the supply at BP is above the UVDET threshold, only the IC core circuitry at VCOREDIG and the RTC module are powered,  
all other supplies are inactive. To exit the Off mode, a valid turn on event is required. No specific timer is running in this mode.  
If the supply at BP is below the UVDET threshold no turn on events are accepted. If a valid coin cell is present, the core gets  
powered from LICELL. The only active circuitry is the RTC module, with BP greater than UVDET detection, and the SRTC support  
circuitry, if so configured.  
Cold Start  
Entered upon a Turn On event from Off, Warm Boot, successful PCUT, or Silent System Restart. The switchers and regulators  
are powered up sequentially to limit the inrush current. See the Power Up section for sequencing and default level details. The  
reset signals RESETB and RESETBMCU are kept low. The Reset timer starts running when entering a Cold Start. When expired,  
the Cold Start state is exited for the Watchdog state, and both RESETB and RESETBMCU become high (open drain output with  
external pull ups). The input control pins WDI, and STANDBYx are ignored.  
Watchdog  
The system is fully powered and under SPI control. RESETB and RESETBMCU are high. The Watchdog timer starts running  
when entering the Watchdog state. When expired, the system transitions to the On state, where WDI will be checked and  
monitored. The input control pins WDI and STANDBYx are ignored while in the Watchdog state.  
On  
The system is fully powered and under SPI control. RESETB and RESETBMCU are high. The WDI pin must be high to stay  
in this mode. The WDI IO supply voltage is referenced to SPIVCC (Normally connected to SW4). SPIVCC must therefore remain  
enabled to allow for proper WDI detection. If WDI goes low, the system will transition to the Off state or Cold Start (depending on  
the configuration. Refer to the section on Silent System Restart with WDI Event for details).  
User Off Wait  
The system is fully powered and under SPI control. The WDI pin no longer has control over the part. The Wait mode is entered  
by a processor request for User Off by setting the USEROFFSPI bit high. This is normally initiated by the end user via the power  
key. Upon receiving the corresponding interrupt, the system will determine if the product has been configured for User Off or  
Memory Hold states (both of which first require passing through User Off Wait) or just transition to Off.  
The Wait timer starts running when entering User Off Wait mode. This leaves the processor time to suspend or terminate its  
tasks. When expired, the Wait mode is exited for User Off mode or Memory Hold mode, depending on warm starts being enabled  
or not via the WARMEN bit. The USEROFFSPI bit is being reset at this point by RESETB going low.  
Memory Hold and User Off (Low-power Off states)  
As noted in the User Off Wait description, the system is directed into Low-power Off states based on a SPI command in  
response to an intentional turn off by the end user. The only exit then will be a turn on event. To an end user, the Memory Hold  
and User Off states look like the product has been shut down completely. However, a faster startup is facilitated by maintaining  
external memory in self-refresh mode (Memory Hold and User Off mode) as well as powering portions of the processor core for  
state retention (User Off only). The switcher mode control bits allow selective powering of the buck regulators for optimizing the  
supply behavior in the Low-power Off modes. Linear regulators and most functional blocks are disabled (the RTC module, and  
Turn On event detection are maintained).  
Memory Hold  
RESETB and RESETBMCU are low, and both CLK32K and CLK32KMCU are disabled. If DRM is set, the CLK32KMCU is  
kept active. To ensure that SW1, SW2, and SW3 shut off in Memory Hold, appropriate mode settings should be used such as  
SW1MHMODE = SW2MHMODE = SW3MHMODE = 0 (refer to the mode control description later in this chapter). Since SW4  
should be powered in PFM mode, SW4MHMODE could be set to 1.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
57  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Any peripheral loading on SW4 should be isolated from the SW4 output node by the PWGT2 switch, which opens in both Low-  
power off modes due to the RESETB transition. In this way, leakage is minimized from the power domain maintaining the memory  
subsystem.  
Upon a Turn On event, the Cold Start state is entered, the default power up values are loaded, and an the MEMHLDI interrupt  
bit is set. A Cold Start out of the Memory Hold state will result in shorter boot times compared to starting out of the Off state, since  
software does not have to be loaded and expanded from flash. The startup out of Memory Hold is also referred to as Warm Boot.  
No specific timer is running in this mode.  
Buck regulators that are configured to stay on in MEMHOLD mode by their SWxMHMODE settings will not be turned off when  
coming out of MEMHOLD and entering a Warm Boot. The switchers will be reconfigured for their default settings as selected by  
the PUMS pin in the normal time slot that would affect them.  
User Off  
RESETB is low and RESETBMCU is kept high. The 32 kHz peripheral clock driver CLK32K is disabled. CLK32KMCU  
(connected to the processor's CKIL input) is maintained in this mode if the CLK32KMCUEN and USEROFFCLK bits are both set,  
or if DRM is set.  
The memory domain is held up by setting SW4UOMODE = 1. Similarly, the SW1, and/or SW2, and/or SW3 supply domains  
can be configured for SWxUOMODE = 1 to keep them powered through the User Off event. If one of the switchers can be shut  
down on in User Off, its mode bits would typically be set to 0.  
Any peripheral loading on SW1 and/or SW2 should be isolated from the output node(s) by the PWGT1 switch, which opens  
in both Low-power Off modes due to the RESETB transition. In this way, leakage is minimized from the power domain maintaining  
the processor core.  
Since power is maintained for the core (which is put into its lowest power state) and since MCU RESETBMCU does not trip,  
the processor's state may be quickly recovered when exiting USEROFF upon a turn on event. The CLK32KMCU clock can be  
used for very low frequency / low-power idling of the core(s), minimizing battery drain while allowing a rapid recovery from where  
the system left off before the USEROFF command.  
Upon a turn on event, Warm Start state is entered, and the default power up values are loaded. A Warm Start out of User Off  
will result in an almost instantaneous startup of the system, since the internal states of the processor were preserved along with  
external memory. No specific timer is running in this mode.  
Warm Start  
Entered upon a Turn On event from User Off. The switchers and regulators are powered up sequentially to limit the inrush  
current; see the Power Up section for sequencing and default level details. If SW1, SW2, SW3, and/or SW4 were configured to  
stay on in User Off mode, they will not be turned off when coming out of User Off and entering a Warm Start. The buck regulators  
will be reconfigured for their default settings as selected by the PUMS pin in the respective time slot defined in the sequencer  
selection.  
RESETB is kept low and RESETBMCU is kept high. CLK32KMCU is kept active if enabled via the SPI. The reset timer starts  
running when entering Warm Start. When expired, the Warm Start state is exited for the Watchdog state, a WARMI interrupt is  
generated, and RESETB will go high.  
Internal MemHold Power Cut  
Refer to the next section for details about Power Cuts and the associated state machine response.  
POWER CUT DESCRIPTION  
When the supply at BP drops below the UVDET threshold due to battery bounce or battery removal, the Internal MemHold  
Power Cut mode is entered and a Power Cut (PCUT) timer starts running. The backup coin cell will now supply the RTC as well  
as the on chip memory registers and some other power control related bits. All other supplies will be disabled.  
The maximum duration of a power cut is determined by the PCUT timer PCT[7:0] preset via SPI. When a PCUT occurs, the  
PCUT timer will internally be decremented till it expires, meaning counted down to zero. The contents of PCT[7:0] does not reflect  
the actual count down value but will keep the programmed value and therefore does not have to be reprogrammed after each  
power cut.  
If power is not reestablished above BPON before the PCUT timer expires, the state machine transitions to the Off mode at  
expiration of the counter, and clears the PCUTEXB bit by setting it to 0. This transition is referred to as an “unsuccessful” PCUT.  
Upon re-application of power before expiration (an “successful PCUT”, defined as BP first rising above the UVDET threshold  
and then above the BPON threshold before the PCUT timer expires), a Cold Start is engaged.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
58  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
In order to distinguish a non-PCUT initiated Cold Start from a Cold Start after a PCUT, the PCI interrupt should be checked  
by software. The PCI interrupt is cleared by software or when cycling through the Off state.  
Because the PCUT system quickly disables all of the power tree, the battery voltage may recover to a level with the  
appearance of a valid supply once the battery is unloaded. However, upon a restart of the IC and power sequencer, the surge of  
current through the battery and trace impedances can once again cause the BP node to drop below UVDET. This chain of cyclic  
power down / power up sequences is referred to as “ambulance mode”, and the power control system includes strategies to  
minimize the chance of a product falling into and getting stuck in ambulance mode.  
First, the successful recovery out of a PCUT requires the BP node to rise above BPON, providing hysteretic margin from the  
UVDET threshold. Secondly, the number of times the PCUT mode is entered is counted with the counter PCCOUNT[3:0], and  
the allowed count is limited to PCMAXCNT[3:0] set through the SPI. When the contents of both become equal, then the next  
PCUT will not be supported and the system will go to Off mode.  
After a successful power up after a PCUT (i.e., valid power is reestablished, the system comes out of reset, and the processor  
reassumes control), software should clear the PCCOUNT[3:0] counter. Counting of PCUT events is enabled via the  
PCCOUNTEN bit. This mode is only supported if the power cut mode feature is enabled by setting the PCEN bit. When not  
enabled, in case of a power failure, the state machine will transition to the Off state. SPI control is not possible during a PCUT  
event and the interrupt line is kept low. SPI configuration for PCUT support should also include setting the PCUTEXPB=1 (see  
the Silent Restart from PCUT Event section later in this chapter).  
Internal MemHold Power Cut  
As described above, a momentary power interruption will put the system into the Internal MemHold Power Cut state if PCUTs  
are enabled. The backup coin cell will now supply the MC13892 core along with the 32 kHz crystal oscillator, the RTC system  
and coin cell backed up registers. All regulators and switchers will be shut down to preserve the coin cell and RTC as long as  
possible.  
Both RESETB and RESETBMCU are tripped, bringing the entire system down along with the supplies and external clock  
drivers, so the only recovery out of a Power Cut state is to reestablish power and initiate a Cold Start.  
If the PCT timer expires before power is reestablished, the system transitions to the Off state and awaits a sufficient supply  
recovery.  
SILENT RESTART FROM PCUT EVENT  
If a short duration power cut event occurs (such as from a battery bounce, for example), it may be desirable to perform a silent  
restart, so the system is re-initialized without alerting the user. This can be configured by setting the PCUTEXPB bit to a “1” at  
booting or after a Cold Start. This bit resets on RTCPORB, therefore any subsequent Cold Start can first check the status of  
PCUTEXPB and the PCI bit. The PCUTEXPB is cleared to “0” when transitioning from PCUT to Off. If there was a PCUT interrupt  
and PCUTEXPB is still a “1”, then the state machine has not transitioned through Off, which confirms that the PCT timer has not  
expired during the PCUT event (i.e., a successful power cut). In case of a successful power cut, a silent restart may be  
appropriate.  
If PCUTEXPB is found to be a “0” after the Cold Start where PCI is found to be a “1”, then it is inferred that the PCT timer has  
expired before power was reestablished, flagging an unsuccessful power cut or first power up, so the startup user greeting may  
be desirable for playback.  
SILENT SYSTEM RESTART WITH WDI EVENT  
A mechanism is provided for recovery if the system software somehow gets into an abnormal state which requires a system  
reset, but it is desired to make the reset a silent event so as to happen without end user awareness. The default response to WDI  
going low is for the state machine to transition to the Off state (when WDIRESET = 0). However, if WDIRESET = 1, the state  
machine will go to Cold Start without passing through Off mode  
A WDIRESET event will generate a maskable WDIRESETI interrupt and also increment the PCCOUNT counter. This function  
is unrelated to PCUTs, but it shares the PCUT counter so that the number of silent system restarts can be limited by the  
programmable PCMAXCNT counter.  
When PCUT support is used, the software should set the PCUTEXPB bit to “1”. Since this bit resets with RTCPORB, it will not  
be reset to “0” if a WDI falls and the state machine goes straight to the Cold Start state. Therefore, upon a restart, the software  
can detect a silent system restart, if there is a WDIRESETI interrupt and PCUTEXPB = 1. The application may then determine  
that an inconspicuous restart without showing may be more appropriate than launching into the welcoming routine.  
A PCUT event does not trip the WDIRESETI bit.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
59  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
GLOBAL SYSTEM RESTART  
A global system reset can be enabled through the GLBRSTENB SPI bit. The global reset on the MC13892A/C versions is  
active low so it is enabled when the GLBRSTENB = 0. In the MC13892B/D versions global reset is active high and it is enabled  
when the GLBRSTENB = 1. When global reset is enabled and the PWRON3 button is held for 12 seconds, the system will reset  
and the following actions will take place:  
Power down  
Disable the charger  
Reset all the registers including the RTCPORB registers  
Power back up after the difference between the 12 sec timer, and when the user releases the button as the power off time  
(for example, if the power button was held for 12.1 s, then the time that the IC would be off would be only 100 mS)  
If PWRON3 is held low for less than 12 seconds, it will act as a normal PWRON pin. This feature is enabled by default in the  
MC13892A/C versions, and disabled by default in the MC13892B/D versions.  
CLK32KMCU CLOCK DRIVER CONTROL THROUGH STATES  
As described previously, the clocking behavior is influenced by the state machine is in and the setting of the clocking related  
SPI bits. A summary is given in Table 23 for the clock output CLK32KMCU.  
Table 23. CLK32MCU Control Logic Table  
Mode  
DRM  
CLK32KMCUEN  
USEROFFCLK  
Clock Output CLK32KMCU  
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
X
X
0
X
X
X
X
X
0
Disabled  
Enabled  
Disabled  
Enabled  
Enabled  
Disabled  
Off, Memory Hold, Internal MEMHOLD PCUT  
On, Cold Start, Warm Start, Watchdog, User Off Wait  
User Off  
X
1
X
X
1
X
1
Enabled  
TURN ON EVENTS  
When in Off mode, the MC13892 can be powered on via a Turn On event. The Turn On events are listed in Table 24. To  
indicate to the processor what event caused the system to power on, an interrupt bit is associated with each of the Turn On  
events. Masking the interrupts related to the turn on events will not prevent the part to turn on, except for the time of day alarm.  
Power Button Press  
PWRON1, PWRON2, or PWRON3 pulled low with corresponding interrupts and sense bits PWRON1I, PWRON2I, or  
PWRON3I, and PWRON1S, PWRON2S, or PWRON3S. A power on/off button is connected here. The PWRONx can be  
hardware debounced through a programmable debouncer PWRONxDBNC[1:0] to avoid the application to power up upon a very  
short key press. In addition, a software debounce can be applied. BP should be above UVDET. The PWRONxI interrupt is  
generated for both the falling and the rising edge of the PWRONx pin. By default, a 30 ms interrupt debounce is applied to both  
falling and rising edges. The falling edge debounce timing can be extended with PWRONxDBNC[1:0] as defined in the following  
table. The PWRONxI interrupt is cleared by software or when cycling through the Off mode.  
Table 24. PWRONx Hardware Debounce Bit Settings  
Bits  
State  
Turn On Debounce (ms)  
Falling Edge INT Debounce (ms)  
Rising Edge INT Debounce (ms)  
00  
01  
10  
11  
0
31.25  
31.25  
125  
31.25  
31.25  
31.25  
31.25  
31.25  
125  
PWRONxDBNC[1:0]  
750  
750  
Notes  
48. The sense bit PWRONxS is not debounced and follows the state of the PWRONx pin  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
60  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Charger Attach  
CHRGRAW is pulled high with corresponding interrupt and sense bits CHGDETI and CHGDETS. This is equivalent to  
plugging in a charger. BP should be above BPON. The charger turn on event is dependent on the charge mode selected. For  
details on the charger detection and turn on, see Battery Interface and Control.  
Battery Attach  
BP crossing the BPON threshold which corresponds to attaching a charged battery to the product. A corresponding BPONI  
interrupt is generated, which can be cleared by software or when cycling through the Off mode. Note that BPONI is also  
generated after a successful power cut and potentially when applying a charger.  
USB Attach  
VBUS pulled high with corresponding interrupt and sense bits BVALIDI and BVALIDS. This is equivalent to plugging in a USB  
cable. BP should be above BPON and the battery voltage above BATTON. For details on the USB detection, see Connectivity.  
RTC Alarm  
TOD and DAY become equal to the alarm setting programmed. This allows powering up a product at a preset time. BP should  
be above BPON. For details and related interrupts, see Clock Generation and Real Time Clock.  
System Restart  
System restart may occur after a system reset. This is an optional function, see also the following Turn Off events section. BP  
should be above BPON.  
TURN OFF EVENTS  
Power Button Press  
User shut down of a product is typically done by pressing the power button connected to the PWRONx pin. This will generate  
an interrupt (PWRONxI), but will not directly power off the part. The product is powered off by the processor's response to this  
interrupt, which will be to pull WDI low. Pressing the power button is therefore under normal circumstances not considered as a  
turn off event for the state machine.  
Note that software can configure a user initiated power down via a power button press for transition to a Low-power off mode  
(Memory Hold or User Off) for a quicker restart than the default transition into the Off state.  
Power Button System Reset  
A secondary application of the PWRON pin is the option to generate a system reset. This is recognized as a Turn Off event.  
By default, the system reset function is disabled but can be enabled by setting the PWRONxRSTEN bits. When enabled, a 4  
second long press on the power button will cause the device to go to the Off mode and as a result the entire application will power  
down. An SYSRSTI interrupt is generated upon the next power up. Alternatively, the system can be configured to restart  
automatically by setting the RESTARTEN bit.  
Thermal Protection  
If the die gets overheated, the thermal protection will power off the part to avoid damage. A Turn On event will not be accepted  
while the thermal protection is still being tripped. The part will remain in Off mode until cooling sufficiently to accept a Turn On  
event. There are no specific interrupts related to this other than the warning interrupts.  
Under-Voltage Detection  
When the voltage at BP drops below the under-voltage detection threshold UVDET, the state machine will transition to Off  
mode if PCUT is not enabled, or if the PCT timer expires when PCUT is enabled.  
TIMERS  
The different timers as used by the state machine are in Table 25. This listing does not include RTC timers for timekeeping.  
A synchronization error of up to one clock period may occur with respect to the occurrence of an asynchronous event. The  
duration listed below is therefore the effective minimum time period.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
61  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Table 25. Timer Main Characteristics  
Timer  
Duration  
Under-voltage Timer  
Reset Timer  
4.0 ms  
40 ms  
Watchdog Timer  
Power Cut Timer  
128 ms  
Programmable 0 to 8 seconds in 31.25 ms steps  
TIMING DIAGRAMS  
A Turn On event timing diagram example shows in Figure 12.  
Figure 12. Power Up Timing Diagram  
POWER UP  
At power up, switchers and regulators are sequentially enabled in time slots of 2.0 ms steps to limit the inrush current after an  
initial delay of 8.0 ms, in which the core circuitry gets enabled. To ensure a proper power up sequence, the outputs of the  
switchers are discharged at the beginning of a Cold Start. For that reason, an 8.0 ms delay allows the outputs of the linear  
regulators to be fully discharged as well through the built-in discharge path. Time slots which include multiple regulator startups  
will be sub-sequenced for additional inrush balancing. The peak inrush current per event is limited. Any under-voltage detection  
at BP is masked while the power up sequencer is running.  
The Power Up mode Select pins (PUMS1 and 2) are used to configure the startup characteristics of the regulators. Supply  
enabling and output level options are selected by hardwiring the PUMSx pins for the desired configuration. The state of the  
PUMSx pins can be read out via the sense bits PUMSSxx[1:0]. Tying the PUMSx pins to ground corresponds to 00, open to 01,  
VCOREDIG to 10, and VCORE to 11.  
The recommended power up strategy for end products is to bring up as little of the system as possible at booting, essentially  
sequestering just the bare essentials, to allow processor startup and software to run. With such a strategy, the startup transients  
are controlled at lower levels, and the rest of the system power tree can be brought up by software. This allows optimization of  
supply ordering where specific sequences may be required, as well as supply default values. Software code can load up all of  
the required programmable options to avoid sneak paths, under/over-voltage issues, startup surges, etc., without any change in  
hardware. For this reason, the Power Gate drivers are limited to activation by software rather than the sequencer, allowing the  
core(s) to startup before any peripheral loading is introduced.  
The power up defaults Table 26 shows the initial setup for the voltage level of the switchers and regulators, and whether they  
get enabled.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
62  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Table 26. Power Up Defaults Table  
i.MX  
37/51  
GND  
Open  
37/51  
Open  
Open  
37/51  
VCOREDIG  
Open  
37/51  
VCORE  
Open  
35  
27/31  
Open  
GND  
PUMS1  
PUMS2  
GND  
GND  
SW1 (49)  
SW2 (49)  
SW3 (49)  
SW4 (49)  
SWBST  
VUSB  
0.775  
1.025  
1.200  
1.800  
Off  
3.300 (50)  
2.600  
1.800  
1.250  
2.775  
3.150  
Off  
1.050  
1.225  
1.200  
1.800  
Off  
3.300 (50)  
2.600  
1.800  
1.250  
2.775  
Off  
1.050  
1.225  
1.200  
1.800  
Off  
3.300 (50)  
2.600  
1.800  
1.250  
2.775  
3.150  
Off  
0.775  
1.025  
1.200  
1.800  
Off  
3.300 (50)  
2.600  
1.800  
1.250  
2.775  
Off  
1.200  
1.350  
1.800  
1.800  
5.000  
3.300 (52)  
2.600  
1.500  
1.250  
2.775  
3.150  
3.150  
1.200  
1.450  
1.800  
1.800  
5.000  
3.300 (52)  
2.600  
1.500  
1.250  
2.775  
3.150  
3.150  
VUSB2  
VPLL  
VDIG  
VIOHI  
VGEN2  
VSD  
Off  
Off  
Notes  
49. The switchers SWx are activated in PWM pulse skipping mode, but allowed when enabled by the startup sequencer.  
50. USB supply VUSB, is only enabled if 5.0 V is present on UVBUS.  
51. The following supplies are not included in the matrix since they are not intended for activation by the startup sequencer: VCAM, VGEN1,  
VGEN3, VVIDEO, and VAUDIO  
52. SWBST = 5.0 V powers up and does VUSB regardless of 5.0 V present on UVBUS. By default VUSB will be supplied by SWBST.  
The power up sequence is shown in Table 27. VCOREDIG, VSRTC, and VCORE are brought up in the pre-sequencer startup.  
Once VCOREDIG is activated (i.e., at the first-time power application), it will be continuously powered as long as a valid coin cell  
is present.  
Table 27. Power Up Sequence  
Tap x 2ms  
PUMS2 = Open (i.MX37, i.MX51)  
PUMS2 = GND (i.MX35, i.MX27)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SW2  
SW2  
VGEN2  
SW4  
SW4  
VIOHI  
VGEN2  
VIOHI, VSD  
SWBST, VUSB (56)  
SW1  
SW1  
SW3  
VPLL  
VPLL  
VDIG  
SW3  
-
VDIG  
VUSB (55), VUSB2  
VUSB2  
Notes  
53. Time slots may be included for blocks which are defined by the PUMS pin as disabled to allow for potential activation.  
54. The following supplies are not included in the matrix since they are not intended for activation by the startup sequencer: VCAM,  
VGEN1, VGEN3, VVIDEO, and VAUDIO. SWBST is not included on the PUMS2 = Open column.  
55. USB supply VUSB, is only enabled if 5.0 V is present on UVBUS.  
56. SWBST = 5.0 V powers up and so does VUSB regardless of 5.0 V present on UVBUS. By default VUSB will be supplied by SWBST.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
63  
 
 
 
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
POWER MONITORING  
The voltage at BPSNS and BP is monitored by detectors as summarized in Table 28.  
Table 28. BP Detection Thresholds  
Threshold in V  
Bit setting  
Falling Edge  
LOBATL  
Rising Edge  
BPON  
BPSNS1  
BPSNS0  
UVDET  
LOBATH  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
2.55  
2.55  
2.55  
2.55  
2.8  
2.9  
3.0  
3.1  
3.0  
3.1  
3.3  
3.4  
3.2  
3.2  
3.2  
3.2  
Notes  
57. Default setting for BPSNS[1:0] is 00. The above specified thresholds are ±50 mV accurate for the indicated edge. A hysteresis is applied  
to the detectors on the order of 100 mV. BPON is monitoring BP. UVDET, LOBATL and LOBATH are monitoring BPSNS and thresholds  
are correlated.  
The UVDET and BPON thresholds are related to the power on/off events as described earlier in this chapter. The LOBATH  
threshold is used as a weak battery warning. An interrupt LOBATHI is generated when crossing the threshold (dual edge). The  
LOBATL threshold is used as a low battery detect. An interrupt LOBATLI is generated when dropping below the threshold. The  
sense bits are coded in line with previous generation parts.  
Table 29. Power Monitoring Summary  
BPSNS  
BPONS  
LOBATHS  
LOBATLS  
< LOBATL  
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
LOBATL-LOBATH  
LOBATH-BPON  
>BPON  
POWER SAVING  
SYSTEM STANDBY  
A product may be designed to go into DSM after periods of inactivity, such as if a music player completes a play list and no  
further activity is detected, or if a gaming interface sits idle for an extended period. Two Standby pins are provided for board level  
control of timing in and out of such deep sleep modes.  
When a product is in DSM it may be able to reduce the overall platform current by lowering the switcher output voltage,  
disabling some regulators, or forcing some GPO low. This can be obtained by SPI configuration of the Standby response of the  
circuits along with control of the Standby pins.  
To ensure that shared resources are properly powered when required, the system will only be allowed into Standby when both  
the STANDBY and the STANDBYSEC are activated. The states of the Standby pins only have influence in On mode. A command  
to transition to one of the Low-power Off states (User Off or Memory Hold, initiated with USEROFFSPI = 1) has priority over  
Standby.  
Note that the Standby pins are programmable for Active High or Active Low polarity, and that decoding of a Standby event will  
take into account the programmed input polarities associated with each pin.  
Table 30. Standby Pin and Polarity Control  
STANDBY (Pin)  
STANDBYINV (SPI bit)  
STANDBYSEC (Pin)  
STANDBYSECINV (SPI bit)  
STANDBY Control (58)  
0
x
1
x
0
0
x
1
x
1
x
0
x
1
0
x
0
x
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
64  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Table 30. Standby Pin and Polarity Control  
STANDBY (Pin)  
STANDBYINV (SPI bit)  
STANDBYSEC (Pin)  
STANDBYSECINV (SPI bit)  
STANDBY Control (58)  
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
Notes  
58. STANDBY = 0: System is not in Standby; STANDBY = 1: System is in Standby and Standby programmability is activated.  
When requesting standby, a programmable delay (STBYDLY) of 0 to 3 clock cycles of the 32 kHz clock is applied before  
actually going into standby (i.e. before turning off some supplies). No delay is applied when coming out of standby.  
Table 31. Delay of STANDBY- Initiated Response  
STBYDLY[1:0]  
Function (1)  
00  
01  
10  
11  
No Delay  
One 32 K period (default)  
Two 32 K periods  
Three 32 K periods  
REGULATOR MODE CONTROL  
The regulators with embedded pass devices (VDIG, VPLL, VIOHI, VUSB, VUSB2, and VAUDIO) have an adaptive biasing  
scheme, thus, there are no distinct operating modes such as a Normal mode and a Low-power mode. Therefore, no specific  
control is required to put these regulators in a Low-power mode.  
The regulators with external pass devices (VSD, VVIDEO, VGEN1, and VGEN2) can also operate in a Normal and Low-power  
mode. However, since a load current detection cannot be performed for these regulators, the transition between both modes is  
not automatic and is controlled by setting the corresponding mode bits for the operational behavior desired.  
The regulators VGEN3 and VCAM can be configured for using the internal pass device or external pass device as explained  
in Power Control System. For both configurations, the transition between Normal and Low-power modes is controlled by setting  
the VxMODE bit for the specific regulator. Therefore, depending on the configuration selected, the automatic Low-power mode  
is available.  
The regulators can be disabled and the general purpose outputs can be forced low when going into Standby as described  
previously. Each regulator and GPO has an associated SPI bit for this. When the bit is not set, STANDBY is of no influence. The  
actual operating mode of the regulators as a function of STANDBY is not reflected through the SPI. In other words, the SPI will  
read back what is programmed, not the actual state.  
Table 32. LDO Regulator Control (External Pass Device LDOs)  
VxEN  
VxMODE  
VxSTBY  
STANDBY  
Regulator Vx  
0
1
1
1
1
1
X
0
1
X
0
1
X
0
0
1
1
1
X
X
X
0
1
1
Off  
On  
Low-power  
On  
Off  
Low-power  
Notes  
59. This table is valid for regulators with an external pass device  
60. STANDBY refers to a Standby event as described earlier  
For regulators with internal pass devices and general outputs, the previous table can be simplified.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
65  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Table 33. LDO Regulator Control (Internal Pass Device LDOs)  
VxEN  
VxSTBY  
STANDBY  
Regulator Vx  
0
1
1
1
X
0
1
1
X
X
0
1
Off  
On  
On  
Off  
Notes  
61. This table is valid for regulators with an internal pass device  
62. STANDBY refers to a Standby event as described earlier  
BUCK REGULATORS  
Operational modes of the Buck regulators can be controlled by direct SPI programming, altered by the state of the STANDBY  
pins, by direct state machine influence, or by load current magnitude when so configured. Available modes include PWM with  
No Pulse Skipping (PWM), PWM with Pulse Skipping (PWMPS), Pulse Frequency Mode (PFM), and Off. The transition between  
the two modes PWMPS and PFM can occur automatically, based on the load current. Therefore, no specific control is required  
to put the switchers in a Low-power mode. When the buck regulators are not configured in the Auto mode, power savings may  
be achieved by disabling switchers when not needed, or running them in PFM mode if loading conditions are light enough.  
SW1, SW2, SW3, and SW4 can be configured for mode switching with STANDBY or autonomously based on load current with  
adaptive mode control (Auto). Additionally, provisions are made for maintaining PFM operation in USEROFF and MEMHOLD  
modes to support state retention for faster startup from the Low-power Off modes for Warm Start or Warm Boot.  
Table 34 summarizes the Buck regulator programmability for Normal and Standby modes.  
Table 34. Switcher Mode Control for Normal and Standby Operation  
SWxMODE[3:0]  
Normal mode(63)  
Standby Mode(63)  
0000  
0001  
0010  
0011  
0100  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
1111  
Off  
PWM  
PWMPS  
PFM  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
Off  
PWM  
Auto  
NA  
Auto  
PWMPS  
PWMPS  
Auto  
PFM  
PFM  
PFM  
PFM  
Auto  
PWM  
PWM  
NA  
Auto  
PWM  
PWMPS  
PWMPS  
Auto  
PWM  
PWMPS  
PFM  
Notes  
63. STANDBY defined as logical AND of STANDBY and STANDBYSEC pin  
In addition to controlling the operating mode in Standby, the voltage setting can be changed. The transition in voltage is  
handled in a controlled slope manner, see Supplies, for details. Each switcher has an associated set of SPI bits for Standby mode  
set points. By default the Standby settings are identical to the non-Standby settings, which are initially defined by PUMS  
programming.  
The actual operating mode of the switchers as a function of STANDBY pins is not reflected through the SPI. The SPI will read  
back what is programmed in SWxMODE[3:0], not the actual state that may be altered as described previously.  
Table 35 and Table 36 show the switcher mode control in the Low-power Off states. Note that a Low-power Off activated SWx  
should use the Standby set point as programmed by SWxSTBY[4:0]. The activated switcher(s) will maintain settings for mode  
and voltage until the next startup event. When the respective time slot of the startup sequencer is reached for a given switcher,  
its mode and voltage settings will be updated the same as if starting out of the Off state (except that switchers active through a  
Low-power Off mode will not be off when the startup sequencer is started).  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
66  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Table 35. Switcher Control In Memory Hold  
SWxMHMODE  
Memory Hold Operational Mode (64)  
0
1
Off  
PFM  
Notes  
64. For Memory Hold mode, an activated SWx should use the Standby set point as programmed  
by SWxSTBY[4:0].  
Table 36. Switcher Control In User Off  
SWxUOMODE  
User Off Operational Mode (65)  
0
1
Off  
PFM  
Notes  
65. For User Off mode, an activated SWx should use the Standby set point as programmed by  
SWxSTBY[4:0].  
POWER GATING SYSTEM  
The Low-power Off states are provided to allow faster system booting from two pseudo Off conditions: Memory Hold, which  
keeps the external memory powered for self refresh, and User Off, which keeps the processor powered up for state retention.  
For reduced current drain in Low-power Off states, parts of the system can benefit from power gating to isolate the minimum  
essentials for such operational modes. It is also necessary to ensure that the power budget on backed up domains are within the  
capabilities of switchers in PFM mode. An additional benefit of power gating peripheral loads during system startup is to enable  
the processor core to complete booting, and begin running software before additional supplies or peripheral devices are powered.  
This allows system software to bring up the additional supplies and close power gating switches in the most optimum order, to  
avoid problems with supply sequencing or transient current surges. The power gating switch drivers and integrated control are  
included for optimizing the system power tree.  
The power gate drivers could be used for other general power gating as well. The text herein assumes the standard application  
of PWGT1 for core supply power gating and PWGT2 for Memory Hold power gating.  
USER OFF POWER GATING  
User Off configuration maintains PFM mode switchers on both the processor and external memory power domains.  
PWGTDRV1 is provided for power gating peripheral loads sharing the processor core supply domain(s) SW1, and/or SW2, and/  
or SW3. In addition, PWGTDRV2 is provided support to power gate peripheral loads on the SW4 supply domain.  
In the typical application, SW1, SW2, and SW3 will all be kept active for the processor modules in state retention, and SW4  
retained for the external memory in self refresh mode. SW1, SW2, and SW3 power gating FET drive would typically be connected  
to PWGTDRV1 (for parallel NMOS switches); SW4 power gating FET drive would typically be connected to PWGTDRV2. When  
Low-power Off mode is activated, the power gate drive circuitry will be disabled, turning off the NMOS power gate switches to  
isolate the maintained supply domains from any peripheral loading.  
The power gate switch driver consist of a fully integrated charge pump (~5.0 V) which provides a low-power output to drive  
the gates of external NMOS switches placed between power sources and peripheral loading. The processor core(s) would  
typically be connected directly to the SW1 output node so that it can be maintained by SW1, while any circuitry that is not essential  
for booting or User Off operation is decoupled via the power gate switch. If multiple power domains are to be controlled together,  
power gating NMOS switches can share the PWGT1 gate drive. However, extra gate capacitance may require additional time for  
the charge pump gate drive voltage to reach its full value for minimum switch RDS_on.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
67  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Figure 13. Power Gating Diagram  
MEMORY HOLD POWER GATING  
As with the User Off power gating strategy described previously, Memory Hold power gating is intended to allow isolation of  
the SW4 power domain, to selected circuitry in Low-power modes while cutting off the switcher domain from other peripheral  
loads. The only difference is that processor supplies SW1, and/or SW2, and/or SW3, are shut down in Memory Hold, so just the  
external memory is maintained in self refresh mode.  
An external NMOS is to be placed between the direct-connected memory supply and any peripheral loading. The PWGTDRV2  
pin controls the gate of the external NMOS and is normally pulled up to a charge pumped voltage (~5.0 V). During Memory Hold  
or User Off, PWGTDRV2 will go low to turn off the NMOS switch and isolate memory on the SW4 power domain.  
Figure 14. Memory Hold Circuit  
EXITING FROM LOW-POWER OFF MODES  
When a Turn On event occurs, any switchers that are active through Low-power Off modes will stay in PFM mode at their  
Standby voltage set points until the applicable time slot of the startup sequencer. At that point, the respective switcher is updated  
for the PUMSx defined default state for mode and voltage. Subsequent closing of the power gate switches will be coordinated  
by software to complete restoration of the full system power tree.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
68  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
POWER GATING SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTROL  
Table 37. Power Gating Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Output High  
Output Low  
5.0  
5.40  
5.70  
100  
100  
1.0  
V
mV  
s  
s  
A  
V
Output Voltage VOUT  
Turn-on Time (66), (67)  
Turn Off Time  
Enable to VOUT = VOUTMIN -250 mV  
Disable to VOUT < 1.0 V  
50  
Average Bias Current  
PWGTx Input Voltage  
DC Load Current  
t > 500 s after Enable  
1.0  
5.0  
NMOS drain voltage  
0.6  
2.0  
At PWGTDRVx output  
100  
1.0  
nA  
nF  
Load Capacitance (66)  
Used as a condition for the other parameters  
0.5  
Notes  
66. Larger capacitive loading values will lead to longer turn on times exceeding the given limits; smaller values will lead to larger ripple at  
the output.  
67. Input supply is assumed in the range of 3.0 < BP < 4.65 V; lower BP values may extend turn on time, and functionality not supported  
for BP less than ~2.7 V.  
A power gate driver pulled low may be thought of as power gating being active since this is the condition where a power source  
is isolated (or power gated) from its loading on the other side of the switch. The power gate drive outputs are SPI controlled in  
the active modes as shown in Table 38.  
Table 38. Power Gate Drive State Control  
Mode  
PWGTDRV1  
PWGTDRV2  
Off  
Low  
Low  
Low  
Low  
Cold Start  
Warm Start  
Low  
Low  
Watchdog, On, User Off Wait  
SPI Controlled  
Low  
SPI Controlled  
Low  
User Off, Memory Hold, Internal Memory Hold Power Cut  
When SPI controlled (Watchdog, On, and User Off Wait states), the PWGTDRVx power gate drive pin states are determined  
by SPI enable bits PWGTxSPIEN, according to Table 39.  
Table 39. Power Gating Logic Table  
PWGTxSPIEN  
PWGTDRVx  
1
0
Low  
High  
Notes  
68. Applicable for Watchdog, On and User Off Wait modes only. If PWGT1SPIEN  
AND PWGT2SPIEN both = 1 then the charge pump is disabled.  
GENERAL PURPOSE OUTPUTS  
GPO drivers included can provide useful system level signaling with SPI enabling and programmable Standby control. Key  
use cases for GPO outputs include battery pack thermistor biasing and enabling of peripheral devices, such as light sensor(s),  
camera flash, or even supplemental regulators.  
SPI enabling can be used for coordinating GPOs with ADC conversions for consumption efficiency and desired settling  
characteristics.  
Four general purpose outputs are provided, summarized in Table 40 and Table 41 (active high polarities assumed).  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
69  
 
 
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
OPERATING MODES  
Table 40. GPO Control Bits  
SPI Bit  
GPO Control  
GPOxEN  
GPOx enable  
GPOxSTBY  
x = 1, 2, 3, or 4  
GPOx controlled by STANDBY  
Table 41. GPO Control Scheme  
GPOxEN  
GPOxSTBY  
STANDBY  
Output GPOx  
0
1
1
1
X
0
1
1
X
X
0
1
Low  
High  
High  
Low  
Notes  
69. GPO1 is automatically made active high when a charger is  
detected, see Battery Interface and Control for more information.  
The GPO1 output is intended to be used for battery thermistor biasing. For accurate thermistor reading by the ADC, the output  
resistance of the GPO1 driver is of importance; see ADC Subsystem.  
Table 42. GPO1 Driver Output Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
GPO1 Output Impedance  
Output VCORE Impedance to VCORE  
200  
500  
Ohm  
Finally, a muxing option is included to allow GPO4 to be configured for a muxed connection into Channel 7 of the GP ADC.  
As an application example, for a dual light sensor application, Channel 7 can be toggled between the ADIN7 (ADINSEL7 = 00)  
and GPO4 (ADINSEL7 = 11) for convenient connectivity and monitoring of two sensors. The GPO4 pin is configured for ADC  
input mode by default (GPO4ADIN = 1) so that the GPO driver stage is high-impedance at power up. The GPO4 pin can be  
configured by software for GPO operation with GPO4ADIN = 0. Refer to ADC Subsystem for GP ADC details.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
70  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
SUPPLIES  
SUPPLY FLOW  
The switched mode power supplies and the linear regulators are dimensioned to support a supply flow based upon Figure 15.  
Battery  
Charger  
Power Audio  
Voltage &  
Current  
Control  
Protect  
and  
CC Charge  
RTC,  
MEMA/B  
Coincell  
USB Cable  
Interface  
Accessory  
Detect  
BP  
Peripherals  
SWBST  
5.0V  
PGATE  
UVBUS  
External  
Memory  
IO and  
Digital  
SW4  
1.8V  
VUSB  
USB  
PHY  
VUSB2  
SW1  
0.6 to 1.15V  
SW2  
0.6 to 1.25V  
SW3  
1.25V  
Coin Cell  
Vcoredig  
Serial Backlight  
Peripherals  
Drivers  
PGATE  
SOG Core  
DVS Domain  
GP Core  
DVS Domain  
Internal  
Processor  
Memory  
Alternate hardwired  
bias option from SW4  
GPOs  
Core  
Processor Interfaces  
Alternate hardwired bias option  
from external 2.2V switcher  
Vcam  
Viohi  
VGEN1  
VGEN2  
VVIDEO  
Vdig  
Vsd  
Vcore  
Vpll  
VGEN3  
VAUDIO  
Audio  
PNP  
PNP  
PNP  
PNP  
PNP  
PNP  
Peripherals  
IO, EFUSE  
Core PLLs  
(Analog)  
Camera  
GPS Core  
SD, Tflash  
WLAN, BT  
MLC NAND  
TV-DAC  
Peripherals  
Legend  
External  
Loads  
System  
Supplies  
Internal  
Loads  
Energy  
Source  
Figure 15. Supply Distribution  
While maintaining the performance as specified, the minimum operating voltage for the supply tree is 3.0 V. For lower  
voltages, the performance may be degraded.  
Table 43 summarizes the available power supplies.  
Table 43. Power Tree Summary  
Supply  
Purpose (Typical Application)  
Output Voltage (in V)  
0.600-1.375  
Load Capability (in mA)  
SW1  
SW2  
Buck regulators for processor core(s)  
Buck regulators for processor SOG, etc.  
1050  
800  
0.600-1.375; 1.100-1.850  
Buck regulators for internal processor memory and  
peripherals  
SW3  
0.600-1.375; 1.100-1.850  
800  
SW4  
Buck regulators for external memory and peripherals  
Boost regulator for USB OTG, Tri-color LED drivers  
IO and Peripheral supply, eFuse support  
Quiet Analog supply (PLL, GPS)  
Low voltage digital (DPLL, GPS)  
SD Card, external PNP  
0.600-1.375; 1.100-1.850  
5.0  
800  
300  
100  
50  
SWBST  
VIOHI  
VPLL  
2.775  
1.2/1.25/1.5/1.8  
1.05/1.25/1.65/1.8  
1.8/2.0/2.6/2.7/2.8/2.9/3.0/3.15  
2.4/2.6/2.7/2.775  
2.5/2.6/2.7/2.775  
2.3/2.5/2.775/3.0  
VDIG  
50  
VSD  
250  
50  
VUSB2  
VVIDEO  
VAUDIO  
External USB PHY supply  
TV DAC supply, external PNP  
350  
150  
Audio supply  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
71  
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
Table 43. Power Tree Summary  
Supply  
Purpose (Typical Application)  
Output Voltage (in V)  
2.5/2.6/2.75/3.0  
Load Capability (in mA)  
Camera supply, internal PMOS  
65  
VCAM  
Camera supply, external PNP  
2.5/2.6/2.75/3.0  
250  
200  
350  
50  
VGEN1  
VGEN2  
General peripherals supply #1, external PNP  
General peripherals supply #2, external PNP  
General peripherals supply #3, internal PMOS  
General peripherals supply #3, external PNP  
USB Transceiver supply  
1.2/1.5/2.775/3.15  
1.2/1.5/1.6/1.8/2.7/2.8/3.0/3.15  
1.8/2.9  
1.8/2.9  
3.3  
VGEN3  
VUSB  
250  
100  
BUCK REGULATOR SUPPLIES  
Four buck regulators are provided with integrated power switches and synchronous rectification. In a typical application, SW1  
and SW2 are used for supplying the application processor core power domains. Split power domains allow independent DVS  
control for processor power optimization, or to support technologies with a mix of device types with different voltage ratings. SW3  
is used for powering internal processor memory as well as low voltage peripheral devices and interfaces which can run at the  
same voltage level. SW4 is used for powering external memory as well as low voltage peripheral devices and interfaces which  
can run at the same voltage level.  
An anticipated platform use case applies SW1 and SW2 to processor power domains that require voltage alignment to allow  
direct interfacing without bandwidth limiting synchronizers.  
The buck regulators have to be supplied from the system supply BP, which is drawn from the main battery or the battery  
charger (when present). Figure 16 shows a high level block diagram of the buck regulators.  
Figure 16. Buck Regulator Architecture  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
72  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
The Buck regulator topology includes an integrated synchronous rectifier, meaning that the rectifying diode is implemented on  
the chip as a low ohmic FET. The placement of an external diode is therefore not required, but overall switcher efficiency may  
benefit from this. The buck regulators permit a 100% duty cycle operation.  
During normal operation, several power modes are possible depending on the loading. For medium and full loading,  
synchronous PWM control is the most efficient, while maintaining a constant switching frequency. Two PWM modes are  
available: the first mode sacrifices low load efficiency for a continuous switching operation (PWM-NPS). The second mode offers  
better low load efficiency by allowing the absence of switching cycles at low output loading (PWM-PS). This pulse skipping  
feature improves efficiency by reducing dynamic switching losses by simply switching less often.  
In its lowest power mode, the switcher can regulate using hysteresis control known as a Pulse Frequency Modulation (PFM)  
control scheme. The frequency spectrum in this case will be a function of input and output voltage, loading, and the external  
components. Due to its spectral variance and lighter drive capability, PFM mode is generally reserved for non-active radio modes  
and Deep Sleep operation.  
Buck modes of operation are programmable for explicitly defined or load-dependent control (Adaptive). Refer to the Buck  
regulators section in Power Control System for details.  
Common control bits available to each buck regulator may be designated with a suffix “x” within this specification, where x  
stands for 1, 2, 3, or 4 (i.e., SWx = SW1, SW2, SW3, and SW4).  
The output voltages of the buck regulators are SPI configurable, and two output ranges are available, individually programmed  
with SWxHI for SW2, SW3, and SW4 bucks, SW1 is limited to only one output range. Presets are available for both the Normal  
and Standby operation. SW1 and SW2 also include pin controlled DVS operation. When transitioning from one voltage to  
another, the output voltage slope is controlled in steps of 25 mV per time step (time step as defined for DVS stepping for SW1  
and SW2, fixed at 4.0 s for SW3 and SW4). This allows for support of dynamic voltage scaling (DVS) by using SPI driven voltage  
steps, state machine defined modes, and direct DVSx pin control.  
When initially activated, switcher outputs will apply controlled stepping to the programmed value. The soft start feature limits  
the inrush current at startup. A built-in current limiter ensures that during normal operation, the maximum current through the coil  
is not exceeded. This current limiter can be disabled by setting the SWILIMB bit.  
Point of Load feedback is intended for minimizing errors due to board level IR drops.  
SWITCHING FREQUENCY  
The switchers are driven by a high frequency clock. By default, the PLL generates an effective 3.145728 MHz signal based  
upon the 32.768 kHz oscillator signal by multiplying it by 96. To reduce spurious radio channels, the PLL can be programmed  
via PLLX[2:0] to different values as shown in Table 44.  
Table 44. PLL Multiplication Factor  
Multiplication  
PLLX[2:0]  
Switching Frequency (Hz)  
Factor  
000  
001  
84  
87  
2 752 512  
2 850 816  
2 949 120  
3 047 424  
3 145 728  
3 244 032  
3 342 336  
3 440 640  
010  
90  
011  
93  
100 (default)  
101  
96  
99  
110  
102  
105  
111  
To reduce overall current drain, the PLL is automatically turned off if all switchers are in a PFM mode or turned off, and if the  
PLL clock signal is not needed elsewhere in the system. The clocking system provides nearly instantaneously, a high frequency  
clock to the switchers when the switchers are activated or exit the PFM mode for PWM mode. The PLL can be configured for  
continuous operation by setting the SPI bit PLLEN = 1.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
73  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
Table 45. PLL Main Characteristics  
Condition (70)  
Parameter  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Frequency Accuracy  
100  
80  
ppm  
A  
A  
A  
A  
A  
ns  
PLLEN = 1  
50  
1 Buck Regulator active  
2 Buck Regulators active  
3 Buck Regulators active  
4 Buck Regulators active  
Cold Start  
100  
115  
130  
145  
150  
170  
190  
210  
700  
600  
Bias Current  
Start up Time  
PFM to PWM  
ns  
Notes  
70. Clock input to PLL is 32.768 kHz  
Table 46. PLL Control Registers  
Reset  
State  
Name  
R/W  
Reset Signal  
Description  
1 = Forces PLL on  
0 = PLL automatically enabled  
PLLEN  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESET  
0
PLLX[2:0]  
100  
Selects PLL multiplication factor  
BUCK REGULATOR CORE  
Table 47. Buck Regulators (SW1, 2, 3, 4) Output Voltage Programmability  
Set point  
SWx[4:0]  
SWx Output, SWxHI = 0 (Volts)  
SWx Output (71), SWxHI = 1 (Volts)  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
00000  
00001  
00010  
00011  
00100  
00101  
00110  
00111  
01000  
01001  
01010  
01011  
01100  
01101  
01110  
01111  
10000  
10001  
10010  
10011  
10100  
10101  
10110  
10111  
11000  
11001  
11010  
11011  
0.600  
0.625  
0.650  
0.675  
0.700  
0.725  
0.750  
0.775  
0.800  
0.825  
0.850  
0.875  
0.900  
0.925  
0.950  
0.975  
1.000  
1.025  
1.050  
1.075  
1.100  
1.125  
1.150  
1.175  
1.200  
1.225  
1.250  
1.275  
1.100  
1.125  
1.150  
1.175  
1.200  
1.225  
1.250  
1.275  
1.300  
1.325  
1.350  
1.375  
1.400  
1.425  
1.450  
1.475  
1.500  
1.525  
1.550  
1.575  
1.600  
1.625  
1.650  
1.675  
1.700  
1.725  
1.750  
1.775  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
74  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
Table 47. Buck Regulators (SW1, 2, 3, 4) Output Voltage Programmability  
Set point  
28  
SWx[4:0]  
SWx Output, SWxHI = 0 (Volts)  
SWx Output (71), SWxHI = 1 (Volts)  
11100  
11101  
11110  
11111  
1.300  
1.325  
1.350  
1.375  
1.800  
1.825  
1.850  
1.850  
29  
30  
31  
71. Output range not available for SW1. SW1 output range is 0.600-1.375, therefore SW1HI = 1 does not apply to SW1. The SW1HI bit  
should always be set to 0.  
Since the startup default values of the buck regulators are dependent on the state of the PUMS pin, the SWxHI bit settings will  
likewise be determined by the PUMS pin. The settings are aligned to the likely application ranges for use cases as given in the  
Defaults tables in Power Control System. The following tables define the SWxHI bit states after a startup event is completed, but  
can be reconfigured via the SPI if desired, if an alternate range is needed. Care should be taken when changing SWxHI bit to  
avoid unintended jumps in the switcher output. The SWxHI setting applies to Normal, Standby, and DVS set points for the  
corresponding switcher.  
Table 48. SWxHI States for Power Up Defaults  
PUMS1  
PUMS2  
SW1HI  
SW2HI  
SW3HI  
SW4HI  
Ground  
Open  
VCOREDIG  
VCORE  
Ground  
Open  
Open  
Open  
Open  
Open  
Ground  
Ground  
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
Note that the following efficiency curves were measured with the MC13892 in a socket.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
75  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
SW1 PFM mode Efficiency Vout = 0,725 V  
100%  
90%  
80%  
70%  
60%  
Vin = 2, 80 0 V  
Vin = 3, 60 0 V  
Vin = 4, 65 0 V  
50%  
40%  
30%  
20%  
10%  
0%  
0
0
0
5
5
5
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100  
Il oad (m A)  
SW2 PFM mode Efficiency Vout = 1.250 V  
100%  
90%  
80%  
70%  
60%  
50%  
40%  
Vin = 2, 80 0 V  
Vin = 3, 60 0 V  
Vin = 4, 65 0 V  
30%  
20%  
10%  
0%  
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100  
Il oad (m A)  
SW4 PFM mode Efficiency Vout = 1.800 V  
100%  
90%  
80%  
70%  
60%  
Vin = 2, 80 0 V  
50%  
40%  
30%  
20%  
10%  
0%  
Vin = 3, 60 0 V  
Vin = 4, 65 0 V  
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100  
Il oad (m A)  
Figure 17. Buck Regulator PFM Efficiency  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
76  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
SW1 PWM No Pulse Skipp ing mode Efficien cy Vout = 0,725 V  
SW4 PWM No Pulse Skipp ing mode Efficien cy Vout = 1.800  
V
100 %  
100 %  
90 %  
90 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
Vin = 3 ,00 0 V  
Vin = 3 ,60 0 V  
Vin = 4 ,65 0 V  
Vin  
Vin  
Vin  
=
=
=
3,0 00  
3,6 00  
4,6 50  
V
V
V
30 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
30 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
0
0
0
1 0  
1 0  
1 0  
20  
3 0  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
10 0  
10 0  
10 0  
0
0
0
50 1 00 1 50 20 0 2 50 30 0 35 0 400 450 5 00 5 50 60 0 65 0 700 750 8 00 850 9 00  
Iloa d (mA)  
Il oa d (mA)  
SW2 PWM No Pulse Skipp ing mode Efficien cy Vout = 1.250  
V
SW2 PWM No Pulse Skipp ing mode Efficien cy Vout = 1.250 V  
100 %  
90 %  
100 %  
90 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
30 %  
20 %  
Vin = 3 ,00 0 V  
Vin = 3 ,60 0 V  
Vin = 4 ,65 0 V  
Vin  
Vin  
Vin  
=
=
=
3,0 00  
3,6 00  
4,6 50  
V
V
V
50 %  
40 %  
30 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
10 %  
0 %  
20  
3 0  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
50 1 00 1 50 20 0 2 50 30 0 35 0 400 450 5 00 5 50 60 0 65 0 700 750 8 00 850 9 00  
Iloa d (mA)  
Il oa d (mA)  
SW4 PWM No Pulse Skipp ing mode Efficien cy Vout = 1.800 V  
SW4 PWM No Pulse Skipp ing mode Efficien cy Vout = 1.800 V  
100 %  
90 %  
100 %  
90 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
30 %  
20 %  
Vin = 3 ,00 0 V  
Vin = 3 ,60 0 V  
Vin = 4 ,65 0 V  
Vin  
Vin  
Vin  
=
=
=
3,0 00  
3,6 00  
4,6 50  
V
V
V
50 %  
40 %  
30 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
10 %  
0 %  
20  
3 0  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
50 1 00 1 50 20 0 2 50 30 0 35 0 400 450 5 00 5 50 60 0 65 0 700 750 8 00 850 9 00  
Iloa d (mA)  
Il oa d (mA)  
Figure 18. Buck Regulator PWM (No Pulse Skipping) Efficiency  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
77  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
SW1 PWM Pulse Skipping mo de Efficiency Vo ut = 0,725 V  
SW1 PWM Pu lse Skip ping mo de Efficiency Vo ut = 0,725 V  
100 %  
90 %  
100 %  
90 %  
80 %  
80 %  
70 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
60 %  
Vin  
Vin  
Vin  
=
=
=
3,0 00  
3,6 00  
4,6 50  
V
V
V
Vin = 3 ,00 0 V  
Vin = 3 ,60 0 V  
Vin = 4 ,65 0 V  
50 %  
40 %  
30 %  
30 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
0
50 1 00 150 200 25 0 300 35 0 4 00 450 50 0 55 0 6 00 650 70 0 7 50 800 85 0 90 0 9 50 10 0 1 05  
0
1 0  
20  
3 0  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
10 0  
0
0
Ilo a d (mA)  
Il oa d (mA)  
SW2 PWM Pu lse Skip ping mo de Efficiency Vo ut = 1.250 V  
SW2 PWM Pu lse Skip pin g mod e Efficiency Vou t = 1.250  
V
100 %  
100 %  
90 %  
80 %  
90 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
30 %  
20 %  
Vin = 3 ,00 0 V  
Vin = 3 ,60 0 V  
Vin = 4 ,65 0 V  
Vin  
Vin  
Vin  
=
3, 000  
3, 600  
4, 650  
V
50 %  
40 %  
30 %  
20 %  
=
=
V
V
10 %  
0 %  
10 %  
0 %  
0
1 0  
20  
3 0  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
10 0  
0
50 1 00 1 50 20 0 25 0 300 350 4 00 4 50 50 0 55 0 600 650 7 00 7 50 80 0 85 0 900  
Ilo a d (mA)  
Iloa d (mA)  
SW4 PWM Pu lse Skip ping mo de Efficiency Vo ut = 1.800 V  
SW4 PWM Pulse Skipping mo de Efficiency Vo ut = 1.800 V  
100 %  
100 %  
90 %  
80 %  
90 %  
80 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
70 %  
60 %  
50 %  
40 %  
Vin = 3 ,00 0 V  
Vin = 3 ,60 0 V  
Vin = 4 ,65 0 V  
Vin  
Vin  
Vin  
=
3,0 00  
3,6 00  
4,6 50  
V
=
=
V
V
30 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
30 %  
20 %  
10 %  
0 %  
0
1 0  
20  
3 0  
40  
50  
60  
70  
80  
90  
10 0  
0
50 1 00 1 50 20 0 2 50 30 0 35 0 400 450 5 00 5 50 60 0 65 0 700 750 8 00 850 9 00  
Ilo a d (mA)  
Il oa d (mA)  
Figure 19. Buck Regulator PWM (Pulse Skipping) Efficiency  
DYNAMIC VOLTAGE SCALING  
To reduce overall power consumption, processor core voltages can be varied depending on the mode or activity level of the  
processor. SW1 and SW2 allow for three different set points with controlled transitions to avoid sudden output voltage changes,  
which could cause logic disruptions on their loads. Preset operating points for SW1 and SW2 can be set up for:  
• Normal operation: output value selected by SPI bits SWx[4:0]. Voltage transitions initiated by SPI writes to SWx[4:0] are  
governed by the same DVS stepping rate that is programmed for DVSx pin initiated transitions.  
• DVS: output can be higher or lower than normal operation for tailoring to application requirements. Configured by SPI bits  
SWxDVS[4:0] and controlled by a DVSx pin transition.  
• Standby (Deep Sleep): can be higher or lower than normal operation, but is typically selected to be the lowest state retention  
voltage of a given process. Set by SPI bits SWxSTBY[4:0] and controlled by a Standby event (STANDBY logically anded with  
STANDBYSEC). Voltage transitions initiated by Standby are governed by the same DVS stepping that is programmed for  
DVSx pin initiated transitions.  
The following tables summarize the set point control and DVS time stepping applied to SW1 and SW2.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
78  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
Table 49. DVS Control Logic Table for SW1 and SW2  
STANDBY (72)  
DVSx Pin  
Set Point Selected by  
0
0
1
0
1
SWx[4:0]  
SWxDVS[4:0]  
SWxSTBY[4:0]  
X
Notes  
72. STANDBY is the logical anding of STANDBY and STANDBYSEC  
Table 50. DVS Speed Selection for SW1 and SW2  
SWxDVSSPEED[1:0]  
Function  
00  
25 mV step each 2.0 s  
25 mV step each 4.0 s  
25 mV step each 8.0 s  
25 mV step each 16 s  
01 (default)  
10  
11  
Since the switchers have a strong sourcing capability but no active sinking capability, the rising slope is determined by the  
switcher, but the falling slope can be influenced by the load. Additionally, as the current capability in PFM mode is reduced,  
controlled DVS transitions in PFM mode could be affected. Critically timed DVS transitions are best assured with PWM mode  
operation.  
Note that there is a special mode of DVS control for Switcher Increment / Decrement (SID) operation described later in this  
chapter.  
DVS pin controls are not included for SW3 and SW4. However, voltage transitions programmed through the SPI will step in  
increments of 25 mV per 4.0 s, to allow SPI controlled voltage stepping with SWx[4:0]. Additionally, SW3 and SW4 include  
Standby mode set point programmability.  
Figure 20 shows the general behavior for the switchers when initiated with pin controlled DVS, SPI programming or standby  
control.  
Figure 20. SW1 Voltage Stepping with Pin Controlled DVS  
Note that the DVSx input pins are reconfigured for Switcher Increment / Decrement (SID) control mode when SPI bit  
SIDEN = 1. Refer to the SID description below for further details.  
SWITCHER INCREMENT / DECREMENT  
A scheme for incrementing or decrementing the operating set points of SW1 and SW2 is desirable for improved Dynamic  
Process and Temperature Compensation (DPTC) control in support of fine tuning power domains for the processor supply tree.  
An increment command will increase the set point voltage by a single 25 mV step. A decrement command will decrease the set  
point by a single 25 mV step. The transition time for the step will be the same as programmed with SWxDVSSPEED[1:0] for DVS  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
79  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
stepping. If a switcher runs out of programmable range (in either direction), as constrained by programmable stops, then the  
increment or decrement command shall be ignored.  
The Switcher Increment / Decrement (SID) function is enabled with SIDEN = 1. This will reassign the function of the DVS1 and  
DVS2 pins, from the default toggling between Normal and DVS operating modes, to a jog control mode for the switcher which  
DVSx is assigned. Once enabled, the switcher being controlled will start at the Normal mode set point as programmed with  
SWx[4:0] and await any jog commands from the processor. The adjustment scheme essentially intercepts the Normal mode set  
point SPI bits (i.e., but not DVS or Standby programmed set points), and makes any necessary adjustments based on jog up or  
jog down commands. The modified set point bits are then immediately passed to the switching regulator, which would then do a  
DVS step in the appropriate direction. The SPI bits containing Normal mode programming are not directly altered.  
When configured for SID mode, a high pulse on the DVSx pin will indicate one of 3 actions to take, with the decoding as a  
function of how many contiguous SPI clock falling edges are seen while the DVSx pin is held high.  
Table 51. SID Control Protocol  
Number of SPI CLK Falling  
Function  
Edges while DVSx = 1  
0
No action. Switcher stays at its presently programmed configuration  
Jog down. Drive buck regulator output down a single DVS step  
1
2
Jog up. Drive buck regulator output up a single DVS step  
3 or more  
Panic Mode. DVS step the buck regulator output to the Normal mode value as programmed in the SPI register  
The SID protocol is illustrated by way of example, assuming SIDEN = 1, and that DVS1 is controlling SW1. SW1 starts out at  
its default value of 1.250 V (SW1 = 11010) and is stepped both up and down via the DVS1 pin. The SPI bits SW1 = 11010 do  
not change. The set point adjustment takes place in the SID block prior to bit delivery to the switcher's digital control.  
DVS  
Up  
DVS  
Down  
Starting Value  
1.250  
DVS  
Down  
1.275  
1.250  
SW1 output  
1.225  
Down  
Up  
Down  
DVS1  
1
1
2
1
SPICLK  
SPICLK shut down  
when not used  
Figure 21. SID Control Example for Increment & Decrement  
SID Panic Mode is provided for rapid recovery to the programmed Normal mode output voltage, so the processor can quickly  
recover to its high performance capability with a minimum of communication latency. In Figure 22, Panic Mode recovery is  
illustrated as an Increment step, initiated by the detection of the second falling SPI clock edge, followed by a continuation to the  
programmed SW1[4:0] level (1.250 V in this example), due to the detection of the third contiguous falling edge of SPI clock while  
DVS1 is held high.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
80  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
SID Panic Mode Example  
DVS step all the way back to 1.250V  
(SW1[4:0] programmed value = 1.250V)  
DVS  
Up  
Starting Value  
1.050  
SW1 output  
Up  
Panic  
DVS1  
1
2
3
SPICLK  
SPICLK shut down when not used  
Figure 22. SID Control Example for Panic Mode Recovery  
The system will not respond to a new jog command until it has completed a DVS step that may be in progress. Any missed  
jog requests will not be stored. For instance, if a switcher is stepping up in voltage with a 25 mV step over a 4.0 s time, response  
to the DVSx pin for another step will be ignored until the DVS step period has expired. However, the Panic Mode step recovery  
should respond immediately upon detection of the third SPICLK edge while the corresponding DVSx pin is high, even if the initial  
decode of the jog up command is ignored, because it came in before the previous step was completed.  
While in SID mode, programmable stops are used to set limits on how far up and how far down a SID-controlled buck regulator  
will be allowed to step. The SWxSIDMIN[3:0] and SWxSIDMAX[3:0] bits can be used to ensure that voltage stepping is confined  
to within the acceptable bounds for a given process technology used for the BB IC.  
To contain all of the SWx voltage setting bits in single banks, the SWxSIDMIN[3:0] word is shortened to 4-bits, but should be  
decoded by logic to have an implied leading 0 (i.e., MSB = 0, but is not included in the programmable word). For instance,  
SW1SIDMIN = 1000 (default value) should be decoded as 01000, which corresponds to 0.800 V (assuming SW1HI = 0).  
Likewise, the SWxSIDMAX[3:0] word is shortened to 4-bits, but should be decoded by logic to have an implied leading 1  
(MSB = 1, but is not included in the programmable word). For instance, SW1SIDMAX = 1010 (default value) should be decoded  
as 11010, which corresponds to 1.250 V (again, assuming SW1HI = 0).  
A new SPI write for the active switcher output value with SWx[4:0] should take immediate effect, and this becomes the new  
baseline from which succeeding SID steps are referenced. The SWxDVS[4:0] value is not considered during SID mode. The  
system only uses the SWx[4:0] bits and the min/max stops SWxSIDMIN[3:0] and SWxSIDMAX[3:0].  
When in SID mode, a STANDBY = 1 event (pin states of STANDBY and STANDBYSEC) will have the “immediate” effect (after  
any STBYDLY delay has timed out) of changing the set point and mode to those defined for Standby operation. Exiting Standby  
puts the system back to the normal mode set point with no stored SID adjustments -- the system will recalibrate itself again from  
the refreshed baseline.  
BOOST REGULATOR  
SWBST is a boost switching regulator with a fixed 5.0 V output. It runs at 2/3 of the switcher PLL frequency. SWBST supplies  
the VUSB regulator for the USB system in OTG mode, and it also supplies the power for the RGB LED's. When SWBST is  
configured to supply the VBUS pin in OTG mode, the feedback will be switched to sense the UVBUS pin instead of the SWBSTFB  
pin. Therefore, when driving the VBUS for OTG mode the output of the switcher may rise to 5.75 V to compensate for the voltage  
drops on the internal switches. Note that the parasitic leakage path for a boost regulator will cause the output voltage  
SWBSTOUT and SWBSTFB to sit at a Schottky drop below the battery voltage whenever SWBST is disabled. The switching  
NMOS transistor is integrated on-chip. An external fly back Schottky diode, inductor and capacitor are required.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
81  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
Figure 23. Boost Regulator Architecture  
Enabling of SWBST is accomplished through the SWBSTEN SPI control bit.  
Table 52. Switch Mode Supply SWBST Control Function Summary  
Parameter  
SWBSTEN  
Value  
Function  
SWBST OFF  
SWBST ON  
0
1
5V Boost Efficiency  
(Vin = 3.6V, Vout = 5V)  
100.00  
95.00  
90.00  
85.00  
80.00  
0
100  
200  
300  
Boost Load Current (mA)  
Figure 24. Boost Regulator Efficiency  
LINEAR REGULATORS  
This section describes the linear regulators provided. For convenience, these regulators are named to indicate their typical or  
possible applications, but the supplies are not limited to these uses and may be applied to any loads within the specified regulator  
capabilities.  
A low-power standby mode controlled by STANDBY is provided in which the bias current is aggressively reduced. This mode  
is useful for deep sleep operation where certain supplies cannot be disabled, but active regulation can be tolerated with lesser  
parametric requirements. The output drive capability and performance are limited in this mode. Refer to STANDBY Event  
Definition and Control in Power Control System for more details.  
Some dedicated regulators are covered in their related chapters rather than in the Supplies chapter (i.e., the VUSB and VUSB2  
supplies are included in Connectivity).  
Apart from the integrated linear regulators, there are also GPO output pins provided to enable and disable discrete regulators  
or functional blocks, or to use as a general purpose output for any system need. For example, one application may be to enable  
a battery pack thermistor bias in synchronization with timed ADC conversions.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
82  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
All regulators use the main bandgap as the reference. The main bandgap is bypassed with a capacitor at REFCORE. The  
bandgap and the rest of the core circuitry is supplied from VCORE. The performance of the regulators is directly dependent on  
the performance of VCOREDIG and the bandgap. No external DC loading is allowed on VCOREDIG or REFCORE. VCOREDIG  
is kept powered as long as there is a valid supply and/or coin cell. Table 53 captures the main characteristics of the core circuitry.  
Table 53. Core Specifications  
Reference  
Parameter  
Target  
Output voltage in ON mode (73),(74)  
Output voltage in Off mode(74)  
Bypass Capacitor  
1.5 V  
1.2 V  
VCOREDIG (Digital core supply)  
2.2 F typ (0.65 F derated)  
Output voltage in ON mode (73),(74)  
Output voltage in Off mode (74)  
Bypass Capacitor  
2.775 V  
VCORE (Analog core supply)  
0.0 V  
2.2 F typ (0.65 F derated)  
Output voltage (73)  
1.20 V  
Absolute Accuracy  
0.50%  
REFCORE (Bandgap / Regulator Reference)  
Temperature Drift  
0.25%  
Bypass Capacitor  
100 nF typ (65 nF derated)  
Notes  
73. 3.0 V < BP < 4.65 V, no external loading on VCOREDIG, VCORE, or REFCORE. Extended operation down to UVDET, but no system  
malfunction.  
74. The core is in On mode when charging or when the state machine of the IC is not in the Off mode nor in the power cut mode. Otherwise,  
the core is in Off mode.  
REGULATORS GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS  
The following applies to all linear regulators unless otherwise specified.  
• Specifications are for an ambient temperature of -40 to +85 °C.  
• Advised bypass capacitor is the Murata™ GRM155R60G225ME15 which comes in a 0402 case.  
• In general, parametric performance specifications assume the use of low ESR X5R ceramic capacitors with 20% accuracy  
and 15% temperature spread, for a worst case stack up of 35% from the nominal value. Use of other types with wider  
temperature variation may require a larger room temperature nominal capacitance value to meet performance specs over  
temperature. In addition, capacitor derating as a function of DC bias voltage requires special attention. Finally, minimum  
bypass capacitor guidelines are provided for stability and transient performance. Larger values may be applied; performance  
metrics may be altered and generally improved, but should be confirmed in system applications.  
• Regulators which require a minimum output capacitor ESR (those with external PNPs) can avoid an external resistor if ESR  
is assured with capacitor specifications, or board level trace resistance.  
• The output voltage tolerance specified for each of the linear regulators include process variation, temperature range, static  
line regulation, and static load regulation.  
• The PSRR of the regulators is measured with the perturbed signal at the input of the regulator. The power management IC is  
supplied separately from the input of the regulator and does not contain the perturbed signal. During measurements care must  
be taken not to reach the drop out of the regulator under test.  
• In the Low-power mode the output performance is degraded. Only those parameters listed in the Low-power mode section are  
guaranteed. In this mode, the output current is limited to much lower currents than in the Active mode.  
• Regulator performance is degraded in the extended input voltage range. This means that the supply still behaves as a  
regulator and will try to hold up the output voltage by turning the pass device fully on. As a result, the bias current will increase  
and all performance parameters will be heavily degraded, such as PSRR and load regulation.  
• Note that in some cases, the minimum operating range specifications may be conflicting due to numerous set point and biasing  
options, as well as the potential to run BP into one of the software or hardware shutdown thresholds. The specifications are  
general guidelines which should be interpreted with some care.  
• When a regulator gets disabled, the output will be pulled towards ground by an internal pull-down. The pull-down is also  
activated when RESETB goes low.  
• 32 kHz spur levels are specified for fully loaded conditions.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
83  
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
• Short-circuit protection (SCP) is included on certain LDOs (see the SCP section later in this chapter). Exceeding the SCP  
threshold will disable the regulator and generate a system interrupt. The output voltage will not sag below the specified voltage  
for the rated current being drawn. For the lower current LDOs without SCP, they are less accessible to the user environment  
and essentially self-limiting.  
• The power tree of a given application must be scrubbed for critical use cases to ensure consistency and robustness in the  
power strategy.  
TRANSIENT RESPONSE WAVEFORMS  
The transient load and line response are specified with the waveforms as depicted in Figure 25. Note that the transient load  
response refers to the overshoot only, excluding the DC shift itself. The transient line response refers to the sum of both overshoot  
and DC shift. This is also valid for the mode transition response.  
Figure 25. Transient Waveforms  
SHORT-CIRCUIT PROTECTION  
The higher current LDOs and those most accessible in product applications include short-circuit detection and protection  
(VVIDEO, VAUDIO, VCAM, VSD, VGEN1, VGEN2, and VGEN3). The short-circuit protection (SCP) system includes debounced  
fault condition detection, regulator shutdown, and processor interrupt generation, to contain failures and minimize chance of  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
84  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
product damage. If a short-circuit condition is detected, the LDO will be disabled by resetting its VxEN bit while at the same time  
an interrupt SCPI will be generated to flag the fault to the system processor.  
The SCPI interrupt is maskable through the SCPM mask bit.  
The SCP feature is enabled by setting the REGSCPEN bit. If this bit is not set, then not only is no interrupt generated, but also  
the regulators will not automatically be disabled upon a short-circuit detection. However, the built-in current limiter will continue  
to limit the output current of the regulator. Note that by default, the REGSCPEN bit is not set, so at startup none of the regulators  
that are in an overload condition will be disabled  
VAUDIO AND VVIDEO SUPPLIES  
The primary applications of these power supplies are for audio, and TV-DAC. However these supplies could also be used for  
other peripherals if one of these functions is not required. Low-power modes and programmable Standby options can be used  
to optimize power efficiency during Deep Sleep modes.  
An external PNP is utilized for VVIDEO to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads, and large differential between  
BP and output settings. For stability reasons a small minimum ESR may be required. In the Low-power mode for VVIDEO an  
internal bypass path is used instead of the external PNP. External PNP devices are always to be connected to the BP line in the  
application. The recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G which is capable of handling up to  
250 mW of continuous dissipation at minimum footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500mW of dissipation  
is required, the recommended PNP device is the ON SemiconductorNSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons a small  
minimum ESR may be required.  
VAUDIO is implemented with an integrated PMOS pass FET and has a dedicated input supply pin VINAUDIO.  
The following tables contain the specifications for the VVIDEO, VAUDIO.  
Table 54. VVIDEO and VAUDIO Voltage Control  
Parameter  
Value  
Function  
ILoad max  
00  
01  
10  
11  
00  
01  
10  
11  
Output = 2.700 V  
Output = 2.775 V  
Output = 2.500 V  
Output = 2.600 V  
Output = 2.300 V  
Output = 2.500 V  
Output = 2.775 V  
Output = 3.000 V  
250 mA / 350 mA  
250 mA / 350 mA  
250 mA / 350 mA  
250 mA / 350 mA  
150 mA  
VVIDEO  
150 mA  
VAUDIO  
150 mA  
150 mA  
LOW VOLTAGE SUPPLIES  
VDIG and VPLL are provided for isolated biasing of the Baseband system PLLs for clock generation in support of protocol and  
peripheral needs. Depending on the lineup and power requirements, these supplies may be considered for sharing with other  
loads, but noise injection must be avoided and filtering added if necessary, to ensure suitable PLL performance. The VDIG and  
VPLL regulators have a dedicated input supply pin: VINDIG for the VDIG regulator, and VINPLL for the VPLL regulator. VINDIG  
and VINPLL can be connected to either BP or a 1.8V switched mode power supply rail, such as from SW4 for the two lower set  
points of each regulator VPLL[1:0] and VDIG[1:0] = [00], [01]. In addition, when the two upper set points are used VPLL[1:0] and  
VDIG[1:0] = [10], [11], the inputs (VINDIG and VINPLL) can be connected to either BP of a 2.2 V nominal external switched mode  
power supply rail to improve power dissipation.  
Table 55. VPLL and VDIG Voltage Control  
Parameter  
Value  
Function  
ILoad max  
Input Supply  
BP or 1.8 V  
00  
01  
10  
11  
00  
01  
10  
11  
output = 1.2 V  
output = 1.25 V  
output = 1.5 V  
output = 1.8 V  
output = 1.05 V  
output = 1.25 V  
output = 1.65 V  
output = 1.8 V  
50 mA  
50 mA  
50 mA  
50 mA  
50 mA  
50 mA  
50 mA  
50 mA  
BP or 1.8 V  
VPLL[1:0]  
BP or External Switcher  
BP or External Switcher  
BP or 1.8 V  
BP or 1.8 V  
VDIG[1:0]  
BP or External Switcher  
BP or External Switcher  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
85  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
PERIPHERAL INTERFACING  
IC interfaces in the lineups generally fall in two categories: low voltage IO primarily associated with the AP IC and certain  
peripherals at SPIVCC level (powered from SW4), and a higher voltage interface level associated with other peripherals not  
compatible with the 1.8 V SPIVCC. VIOHI is provided at a fixed 2.775 V level for such interfaces, and may also be applied to  
other system needs within the guidelines of the regulator specifications. The input VINIOHI is not only used by the VIOHI  
regulator, but also by other blocks, therefore it should always be connected to BP, even if the VIOHI regulator is not used by the  
system.  
VIOHI has an internal PMOS pass FET which will support loads up to 100 mA.  
CAMERA  
The camera module is supplied by the regulator VCAM. This allows powering the entire module independent of the rest of  
other parts of the system, as well as to select from a number of VCAM output levels for camera vendor flexibility. In applications  
with a dual camera, it is anticipated that only one of the two cameras is active at a time, allowing the VCAM supply to be shared  
between them.  
VCAM has an internal PMOS pass FET which will support up to 2.0 Mpixel Camera modules (<65 mA). To support higher  
resolution cameras, an external PNP is provided. The external PNP configuration is offered to avoid excess on-chip power  
dissipation at high loads, and large differential between BP and output settings. For lower current requirements, an integrated  
PMOS pass FET is included. The input pin for the integrated PMOS option is shared with the base current drive pin for the PNP  
option. The external PNP configuration must be committed as a hardwired board level implementation, while the operating mode  
is selected through the VCAMCONFIG bit after startup. The VCAM is not automatically enabled during the power up sequence,  
allowing software to properly set the VCAMCONFIG bit before the regulator is activated. The recommended PNP device is the  
ON Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of continuous dissipation at a minimum  
footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required, the recommended PNP device is  
the ON Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons a small minimum ESR may be required.  
The input VINCAM should always be connected to BP, even if the VCAM regulator is not used by the system.  
Table 56. VCAM Voltage Control  
ILoad max  
Parameter  
Value  
Output Voltage  
VCAMCONFIG=0  
Internal Pass FET  
VCAMCONFIG=1  
External PNP  
00  
01  
10  
11  
2.5 V  
2.6 V  
65 mA  
65 mA  
65 mA  
65 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
VCAM[1:0]  
2.75 V  
3.00 V  
MULTI-MEDIA CARD SUPPLY  
This supply domain is generally intended for user accessible multi-media cards, such as Micro-SD (TransFlash), RS-MMC,  
and the like. An external PNP is utilized for this LDO to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads and large differential  
between BP and output settings. The external PNP device is always connected to the BP line in the application. VSD may also  
be applied to other system needs within the guidelines of the regulator specifications. The recommended PNP device is the ON  
Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G, which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of continuous dissipation at a minimum footprint  
and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required, the recommended PNP device is the ON  
Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons a small minimum ESR may be required. At the 1.8 V set point, the  
VSD regulator can be powered from an external buck regulator (2.2 V typ) for an efficiency advantage and reduced power  
dissipation in the pass devices.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
86  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
Table 57. VSD Voltage Control  
Parameter  
Value  
Output Voltage  
ILoad max  
Input Supply  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
1.80 V  
2.00 V  
2.60 V  
2.70 V  
2.80 V  
2.90 V  
3.00 V  
3.15 V  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
250 mA  
BP or External Switcher  
BP  
BP  
BP  
BP  
BP  
BP  
BP  
VSD[2:0]  
GEN1, GEN2, AND GEN3 REGULATORS  
General purpose LDOs VGEN1, VGEN2, and VGEN3 are provided for expansion of the power tree to support peripheral  
devices, which could include WLAN, BT, GPS, or other functional modules. All the regulators include programmable set points  
for system flexibility. At the 1.2 V and 1.5 V set points, both VGEN1 and VGEN2 can be powered from an external buck regulator  
(2.2 V typ) for an efficiency advantage, and reduced power dissipation in the pass devices. (Note that a connection to BP or the  
external buck regulator as the input to the regulators is a hardwired board level commitment, and not changed on-the-fly).  
Table 58. VGEN1 Control Register Bit Assignments  
Parameter  
Value  
Function  
ILoad max(75)  
Input Supply  
BP or external  
switcher  
00  
output = 1.20 V  
output = 1.50 V  
200 mA  
BP or external  
switcher  
01  
200 mA  
VGEN1[1:0]  
10  
11  
output = 2.775 V  
output = 3.15 V  
200 mA  
200 mA  
BP  
BP  
Notes  
75. The max load given for VGEN1MODE = 0 and must take into account the capabilities of the external pass device and operating  
conditions, to manage its power dissipation. Load capability is 3.0 mA for VGEN1MODE = 1.  
Table 59. VGEN2 Control Register Bit Assignments  
Parameter  
Value  
Function  
output = 1.20 V  
ILoad max (76)  
Input Supply  
BP or external  
switcher  
000  
350 mA  
BP or external  
switcher  
001  
output = 1.50 V  
350 mA  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
output = 1.60 V  
output = 1.80 V  
output = 2.70 V  
output = 2.80 V  
output = 3.00 V  
output = 3.15 V  
350 mA  
350 mA  
350 mA  
350 mA  
350 mA  
350 mA  
BP  
BP  
BP  
BP  
BP  
BP  
VGEN2[2:0]  
Notes  
76. The max load is given for as VGEN2MODE = 0, and must take into account the capabilities of the external pass device and operating  
conditions to manage its power dissipation. Load capability is 3.0 mA for VGEN2MODE = 1.  
VGEN3 has an internal PMOS pass FET which will support loads up to 50 mA. For higher current capability, drive for an  
external PNP is provided. The external PNP configuration is offered to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads, and  
large differential between BP and output settings. The input pin for the integrated PMOS option is shared with the base current  
drive pin for the PNP option. The external PNP configuration must be committed as a hardwired board level implementation, while  
the operating mode is selected through the VGEN3CONFIG bit after startup. The VGEN3 is not automatically enabled during the  
power up sequence, allowing software to properly set the VGEN3CONFIG bit before the regulator is activated. The  
recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G, which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
87  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
SUPPLIES  
continuous dissipation at minimum footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required,  
the recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons a small minimum ESR may  
be required.  
A short circuit condition will shut down the VGEN3 regulator and generate an interrupt for SCPI.  
Table 60. VGEN3 Voltage Control  
ILoad max  
VGEN3 bit  
Output Voltage  
VGEN3CONFIG = 0  
Internal Pass FET  
VGEN3CONFIG = 1  
External PNP  
0
1
1.80 V  
2.90 V  
50 mA  
50 mA  
200 mA  
200 mA  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
88  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
The battery management interface is optimized for applications with a single charger connector to which a standard wall  
charger or a USB host can be connected. It can also support dead battery operation and unregulated chargers.  
CHARGE PATH  
CHARGER LINE UP  
The charge path is depicted in the following diagram.  
Figure 26. Charge Path Block Diagram  
Transistors M1 and M2 control the charge current and provide voltage regulation. The latter is used as the top off change  
voltage, and as the regulated supply voltage to the application in case of a dead battery operation. In order to support dead  
battery operation, a so called “serial path” charging configuration including M3 needs to be used. Then in case of a dead battery,  
the transistor M3 is made non-conducting and the internal trickle charge current charges the battery. If the battery is sufficiently  
charged, the transistor M3 is made conducting which connects the battery to the application just like during normal operation  
without a charger. In so called single path charging, M3 is replaced by a short and the pin BATTFET must be floating. Dead  
battery operation is not supported in this case. Transistors M1 and M2 become non-conducting if the charger voltage is too high.  
The VBUS must be shorted to CHRGRAW in cases where the wall charger and VBUS voltages are contained on a common pin.  
A current can be supplied from the battery to an accessory with all transistors M1, M2, and M3 conducting, by enabling the  
reverse supply mode. An unregulated wall charger configuration can be built, in which case CHRGSE1B must be pulled low. The  
battery current monitoring resistor R1 and the charge LED indicator are optional. More detail on the battery current monitoring  
can be found in ADC Subsystem.  
The preferred devices for M1 and M2 are Fairchild™ FDZ193P, due to their small package outline and thermal characteristics.  
The preferred device for M3 is the On Semiconductor NTHS2101P for its low RDSON and small footprint.  
CHARGER SIGNALS  
The charger uses a number of thresholds for proper operation and will also signal various events to the processor through  
interrupts. Table 61 summarizes the main signals given, including the control bits. For details see the related sections in this  
chapter and the SPI bit summary in SPI Bitmap.  
Table 61. Main Control Bit Signals  
Name  
Description  
Control Bits  
VCHRG[2:0]  
ICHRG[3:0]  
TREN  
Charger regulator voltage setting  
Charger regulator current setting  
Internal trickle charger enabling  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
89  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
Table 61. Main Control Bit Signals  
Name  
Description  
THCHKB  
Battery thermistor check disable  
SPI control over BATTFET pin (M3)  
FETOVRD: 0 = BATTFET output are controlled by hardware  
1 = BATTFET controlled by the state of the FETCTRL bit  
FETOCTRL: 0 = BATTFET is driven high if FETOVRD is set  
1 = BATTFET is driven low if FETOVRD is set  
FETOVRD, FETCTRL  
Reverse mode enabling  
0 = Reverse mode disabled  
1 = Reverse mode enabled  
RVRSMODE  
Power limiter setting and disabling  
PLIMDIS: 0 = Power limiter enabled  
1 = Power limiter disabled  
PLIM[1:0], PLIMDIS  
Charge LED indicator enabling  
0 = CHRGLED disabled  
1 = CHRGLED enabled  
CHRGLEDEN  
CHGRESTART  
CHGAUTOB  
CHGAUTOVIB  
CYCLB  
Charger state machine restart  
Selects between standalone or software controlled charging operation  
0 = Standalone charging  
1 = Software controlled charging  
Allows for SPI control over-voltage and current settings in standalone charging mode  
Controls charging resume behavior  
0 = Enables cycling  
1 = Disables cycling  
Interrupt and Status bits  
CHGDETI  
Charger attach  
CHGFAULTI  
CHGFAULTS[1:0]  
CHGENS  
CHRGRAW over-voltage, excessive power dissipation, timeout, battery out of temperature range  
Charger fault mode sense bits  
Charger enable sense bit  
USBOVI  
USB over-voltage  
CHGSHORTI  
CHGREVI  
Short-circuit detection in reverse mode  
Charger path reverse current, detection based on CHGCURR threshold  
Charge current threshold, detection based on CHGCURR threshold  
Charger path regulation mode, detection based on BATTCYCL threshold  
Wall Charger Detect  
CHGCURRI  
CCCVI  
CHRGSE1BI  
CHRGSE1BS  
CHRGSSS  
CHRSE1B pin sense  
Charger configuration sense, serial versus single. A logic 1 indicates a serial path.  
Thresholds  
CHRGISNS-BPSNS at 35 mA flowing into phone, used for end of charge detection, charger removal and  
charge current reversal  
CHGCURR  
BATT at 3.0 V, used to increase charge current (40/80 mA and 80/560 mA), detect a dead battery insertion  
while charging  
BATTMIN  
BPON  
BP at 3.2 V, used to allow turn on when charging from USB, closes M3 when in serial path  
BATT at 3.4 V, used to allow turn on when charging from USB, closes M3 when in serial path  
BPSNS at 98% of charger voltage setting, used to restart charging, used by CCCVI  
BATTON  
BATTCYCL  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
90  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
BUILDING BLOCKS AND FUNCTIONS  
The battery management interface consists of several building blocks and functions as depicted in the block diagram shown  
in the previous paragraph. These building blocks and functions are described below while the charger operation is described in  
the next section.  
CHARGE PATH REGULATOR  
The M1 and M2 are permanently used as a combined pass device for a super regulator, with a programmable output voltage  
and programmable current limit.  
The voltage loop consists of M1, M2, and an amplifier with voltage feedback taken from the BPSNS pin. The value of the sense  
resistor is of no influence on the output voltage. The output voltage is programmable by SPI through VCHRG[2:0] bits.  
Table 62. Charge Path Regulator Voltage Settings  
VCHRG[2:0]  
Charge Regulator Output Voltage (V)  
000  
001  
010  
3.800  
4.100  
4.150  
4.200  
4.250  
4.300  
4.375  
4.450  
011 (default)  
100  
101  
110  
111  
The current loop is composed of the M1 and M2 as control elements, the external sense resistor, a programmable current limit,  
and an amplifier. The control loop will regulate the voltage drop over the external resistor. The value of the external resistor  
therefore is of influence on the charge current. The charge current is programmable by SPI through ICHRG[3:0] bits. Each setting  
corresponds to a common use case. Software controlled pulsed charging can be obtained by programming the current  
periodically to zero.  
Table 63. Charge Path Regulator Current Limit Settings  
Charge Regulator  
ICHRG[3:0]  
0000  
Specific Use Case  
Current Limit (mA)  
0.0  
Off  
Standalone Charging Default for pre-  
charging, USB charging, and LPB  
0001  
80  
0010  
0011  
240  
320  
Advised setting for USB charging with  
PHY active  
0100  
400  
0101  
0110  
0111  
1000  
1001  
1010  
1011  
1100  
1101  
1110  
480  
560  
Standalone Charging Default  
640  
720  
800  
880  
960  
1040  
1200  
1600  
High Current Charger  
High Current Charger  
Fully On – M3  
Open  
1111  
Externally Powered  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
91  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
Table 64. Charge Path Regulator Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Input Operating Voltage  
CHRGRAW  
BATTMIN  
5.6  
V
Output voltage trimming accuracy  
VCHRG[2:0] = 011  
0.35  
%
Charge current 50 mA at T = 25 °C  
Output Voltage Spread  
VCHRG[2 :0] = 011, 1xx  
Charge current 1.0 to 100 mA  
Charge current > 100 mA and above  
ICHRG[3:0] =0 001  
-1.5  
-3.0  
68  
1.5  
1.5  
92  
%
%
Current Limit Tolerance(77)  
80  
400  
560  
mA  
mA  
mA  
%
ICHRG[3:0] = 0100  
360  
500  
440  
620  
15  
ICHRG[3:0] = 0110  
All other settings  
Start-up Overshoot  
Configuration  
Input Capacitance  
Load Capacitor  
Cable Length  
Notes  
Unloaded  
2.0  
%
CHRGRAW (78)  
10  
-
2.2  
F  
F  
m
BPSNS (78)  
4.7  
3.0  
(79)  
77. Excludes spread and tolerances due to board routing and 100 mOhm sense resistor tolerances.  
78. An additional derating of 35% is allowed.  
79. This condition applies when using an external charger with a 3.0 m long cable.  
OVER-VOLTAGE PROTECTION  
In order to protect the application, the voltage at the CHRGRAW pin is monitored. When crossing the threshold, the charge  
path regulator will be turned off immediately, by opening M1 and M2, while M3 gets closed. When the over-voltage condition  
disappears for longer than the debounce time, charging will resume and previously programmed SPI settings will be reloaded.  
An interrupt CHGFAULTI is generated with associated CHGFAULTM mask bit with the CHGFAULTS[1:0] bits set to 01.  
In order to ensure immediate protection, the control of M1, M2, and M3 occurs real-time, so asynchronously to the charger  
state machine. As a result, for over-voltage conditions of up to 30 s, the charger state machine may not always end up in the  
over-voltage fault state, and therefore an interrupt may not always be generated.  
Table 65. Charger Over-voltage Protection Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
High to Low, Low to High  
High to Low  
Min  
16  
Typ  
Max  
20  
Units  
V
Over-voltage Comparator High Voltage Threshold  
Over-voltage Comparator Debounce Time  
10  
ms  
The VBUS pin is also protected against over-voltages. This will occur at much lower levels for CHRGRAW. When a VBUS  
over-voltage is detected the internal circuitry of the USB block is disconnected. A USBOVI is generated in this case. For more  
details see Connectivity.  
When the maximum voltage of the IC is exceeded, damage will occur to the IC and the state of M1 and M2 cannot be  
guaranteed. If the user wants to protect against these failure conditions, additional protection will be required.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
92  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
POWER DISSIPATION  
Since the charge path operates in a linear fashion, the dissipation can be significant and care must be taken to ensure that  
the external pass FETs M1 and M2 are not over dissipating when charging. By default, the charge system will protect against  
this by a built-in power limitation circuit. This circuit will monitor the voltage drop between CHRGRAW and CHRGISNS, and the  
current through the external sense resistor connected between CHRGISNS and BPSNS. When required,.a duty cycle is applied  
to the M1 and M2 drivers and thus the charge current, in order to stay within the power budget. At the same time M3 is forced to  
conduct to keep the application powered. In case of excessive supply conditions, the power limiter minimum duty cycle may not  
be sufficiently small to maintain the actual power dissipation within budget. In that case, the charge path will be disabled and the  
CHGFAULTI interrupt generated with the CHGFAULTS[1:0] bits set to 01.  
The power budget can be programmed by SPI through the PLIM[1:0] bits. The power dissipation limiter can be disabled by  
setting the PLIMDIS bit. In this case, it is advised to use close software control to estimate the dissipated power in the external  
pass FETs. The power limiter is automatically disabled in serial path factory mode and in reverse mode.  
Since a charger attachment can be a Turn-on event when a product is initially in the Off state, any non-default settings that  
are intended for PLIM[1:0] and PLIMDIS, should be programmed early in the configuration sequence, to ensure proper supply  
conditions adapted to the application. To avoid any false detection during power up, the power limiter output is blanked at the  
start of the charge cycle. As a safety precaution though, the power dissipation is monitored and the desired duty cycle is  
estimated. When this estimated duty cycle falls below the power limiter minimum duty cycle, the charger circuit will be disabled.  
Table 66. Charger Power Dissipation Limiter Control  
PLIM[1:0]  
Power Limit (mW)  
00 (default)  
600  
800  
01  
10  
11  
1000  
1200  
Table 67. Charger Power Dissipation Limiter Characteristics  
Parameter  
Power Limiter Accuracy  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Up to 2x the power set by PLIM[1:0]  
15  
%
ms  
ms  
%
Power Limiter Control Period  
Power Limiter Blanking Period  
Power Limiter Minimum Duty Cycle  
500  
Upon charging enabling  
1500  
10  
REVERSE SUPPLY MODE  
The battery voltage can be applied to an external accessory via the charge path, by setting the RVRSMODE bit high. The  
current through the accessory supply path is monitored via the charge path sense resistor R2, and can be read out via the ADC.  
The accessory supply path is disabled and an interrupt CHGSHORTI is generated when the slow or fast threshold is crossed.  
The reverse path is disabled when a current reversal occurs and an interrupt CHREVI is generated.  
Table 68. Accessory Supply Main Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
500  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Short-circuit Current Slow Threshold  
Slow Threshold Debounce Time  
Short-circuit Current Fast Threshold  
Fast Threshold Debounce Time  
Current Reversal Threshold  
mA  
ms  
mA  
s  
1.0  
1840  
100  
Current from Accessory  
CHGCURR  
mA  
INTERNAL TRICKLE CHARGE CURRENT SOURCE  
An internal current source between BP and BATTISNS provides small currents to the battery in cases of trickle charging a  
dead battery. As can be seen under the description of the standalone charging, this source is activated by the charger state  
machine, and its current level is selected based on the battery voltage. The source can also be enabled in software controlled  
charging mode by setting the TREN bit. This source cannot be used in single path configurations because in that case,  
BATTISNS and BP are shorted on the board.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
93  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
Table 69. Internal Trickle Charger Control  
BATT  
Trickle Charge Current (mA)  
0 < BATT < BATTMIN  
40  
80  
BATTMIN < BATT < BATTON  
Table 70. Internal Trickle Charger Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Trickle Charge Current Accuracy  
30  
%
V
V
V
BATTISNS  
0.0  
1.0  
0.3  
Operating Voltage  
BP-BATTISNS  
BP-BATTISNS  
Extended Operating Range (80)  
Notes  
80. The effective trickle current may be significantly reduced  
CHARGER DETECTION AND COMPARATORS  
The charger detection is based on three comparators. The “charger valid” monitors CHRGRAW, the “charger presence” that  
monitors the voltage drop between CHRGRAW and BPSNS, and the “CHGCURR” comparator that monitors the current through  
the sense resistor connected between CHRGISNS and BPSNS. A charger insertion is detected based on the charger presence  
comparator and the “charger valid” comparator both going high. For all but the lowest current setting, a charger removal is  
detected based on both the “charger presence” comparator going low and the charger current falling below CHGCURR. In  
addition, for the lowest current settings or if not charging, the “charger valid” comparator going low is an additional cause for  
charger removal detection. The table below summarizes the charger detection logic.  
Table 71. Charger Detection  
Charger Valid  
Comparator  
Charger Presence  
Comparator  
Setting ICHRG[3:0]  
CHGCURR Comparator  
Charger Detected  
0
1
X
0
1
0
1
X
X
X
X
0
No  
No  
0000, 0001  
1
Yes  
No  
X
X
X
Other Settings  
X
1
Yes  
Yes  
In addition to the aforementioned comparators, three more comparators play a role in battery charging. These comparators  
are “BATTMIN”, which monitors BATT for the safe charging battery voltage, “BATTON”, which monitors BATT for the safe  
operating battery voltage, and “BATTCYCL”, which monitors BPSNS for the constant current to constant voltage transition. The  
BATTMIN and BATTON comparators have a normal and a long (slow) debounced output. The slow output is used in some places  
in the charger flow to provide enough time to the battery protection circuit to reconnect the battery cell.  
Table 72. Charger Detectors Main Characteristics  
Parameter  
BATTMIN Threshold  
BATTON Threshold  
BATTCYCL Threshold  
Charger Presence  
Charger Valid  
Condition  
Min  
2.9  
3.3  
Typ  
Max  
3.1  
3.5  
Units  
Volts  
Volts  
%
At BATT  
At BATT  
At BPSNS relative to VCHRG[2:0]  
CHRGRAW-BPSNS  
98  
10  
50  
mV  
V
CHRGRAW  
3.8  
CHGCURR Threshold  
CHRGISNS-BPSNS, current from charger  
10  
50  
mA  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
94  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
Table 72. Charger Detectors Main Characteristics (continued)  
Parameter  
Condition  
BATTMIN, BATTON rising edge (normal  
BATTMIN, BATTON rising edge (slow)  
BATTMIN falling edge (slow)  
BATTMIN falling edge (fast)  
BATTCYCL dual edge  
Min  
Typ  
32  
Max  
Units  
ms  
s
1.0  
1.0  
1.0  
100  
1.0  
100  
s
Debounce Period  
s
ms  
ms  
ms  
CHGCURR  
Charger Detect dual edge  
Crossing the thresholds BATTCYCL and CHGCURR will generate the interrupts CCCVI and CHGCURRI respectively. These  
interrupts can be used as a simple way to implement a three-bar battery meter.  
BATTERY THERMISTOR CHECK CIRCUITRY  
A battery pack may be equipped with a thermistor, which value decreases over temperature (NTC). The relationship between  
temperature T (in Kelvin) and the thermistor value (RT) is well characterized and can be described as RT = R0*e^(B*(1/T-1/T0),  
with T0 being room temperature, R0 the thermistor value at T0 and B being the so called B-factor which indicates the slope of  
the thermistor over temperature. In order to read out the thermistor value, it is biased from GPO1 through a pull-up resistor RPU  
.
See also the ADC chapter. The battery thermistor check circuit compares the fraction of GPO1 at ADIN5 with two preset  
thresholds, which correspond to 0 and 45 °C, see Table 73. Charging is generally allowed when the thermistor is within the range,  
see next section for details.  
Table 73. Battery Thermistor Check Main Characteristics  
Corresponding Resistor Values  
Corresponding Temperature (in °C) *  
Temperature Threshold  
Voltage at ADIN5  
Rpu  
10 k  
10 k  
RT  
B=3200  
-3.0  
B=3500  
0.0  
B=3900  
+2.0  
TLOW  
THIGH  
24/32 * GPO1  
10/32 * GPO1  
30 k  
4.5 k  
+49  
+46  
+44  
CHARGE LED INDICATOR  
Since normal LED control via the SPI bus is not always possible in the charging mode, an 8.0 mA max current sink is provided  
at the CHRGLED pin for an LED connected to CHRGRAW.  
The LED will be activated when standalone charging is started, and will remain under control of the state machine also when  
the application is powered on. At the end of charge, the LED is automatically disabled. Through the CHRGLEDEN bit, the LED  
can be forced on. In software controlled charging, the LED is under full control of this CHRGLEDEN bit.  
Table 74. Charge LED Drivers Main Characteristics  
Parameter  
Trickle LED current  
Condition  
CHRGLED = 2.5 V  
CHRGLED = 0.7 V  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
8.0  
Units  
mA  
5.0  
mA  
Notes  
81. Above conditions represent respectively a USB and a collapsed charger case  
Table 75. Charge LED Driver Control  
CHRGLEDEN  
0 (default)  
1
CHRGLED  
Auto  
On  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
95  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
CHARGER OPERATION  
USB CHARGING  
The USB VBUS line in this case, is used to provide a supply within the USB voltage limits and with at least 500 mA of current  
drive capability.  
When trickle charging from the USB cable, it is important not to exceed the 100 mA, in case of a legacy USB bus. The  
appropriate charge current level ICHRG[2:0] = (0001) is 80 mA typical which accounts for the additional current through the  
charge LED indicator.  
WALL CHARGING  
No distinction can be made between a USB Host or a wall charger. Therefore, when attaching a wall charger, the CHRGSE1B  
pin must be forced low as a charger attach indicator. The CHRGSE1B pin has a built-in weak pull-up to VCORE. In the  
application, this pin is preferably pulled low, with for instance an NPN of which the base is pulled high through a resistor to  
CHRGRAW. The state of the CHRGSE1B pin is reflected through the CHRGSE1BS bit. When CHRGSE1B changes state a  
CHRGSE1BI is generated. No specific debounce is applied to the CHRGSE1B detector.  
Table 76. Charger Detector Characteristics  
Parameter  
CHRGSE1B Pull-up  
Logic Low  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
100  
Max  
Units  
kOhm  
V
To VCORE  
0.0  
1.0  
0.3  
Logic High  
VCORE  
V
If an application is to support wall chargers and USB on separate connectors, it is advised to separate the VBUS and the  
CHRGRAW on the PCB. For these applications, charging from USB is no longer possible. For proper operation, a 120 kOhm  
pull-down resistor should be placed at VBUS.  
STANDALONE CHARGING  
A standalone charge mode of operation is provided to minimize software interaction. It also allows for a completely discharged  
battery to be revived without processor control. This is especially important when charging from a USB host or when in single  
path configuration (M3 replaced by short, BATTFET floating). Since the default voltage and current setting of the charge path  
regulator may not be the optimum choice for a given application, these values can be reprogrammed through the SPI if the  
CHGAUTOVIB bit is set. Note that the power limiter can be programmed independent of this bit being set.  
Upon connecting a USB host to the application with a dead battery, the trickle cycle is started and the current set to the lowest  
charge current level (80 mA). When the battery voltage rises above the BATTON = 3.4 V threshold, a power up sequence is  
automatically initiated. The lowest charge current level remains selected until a higher charge current level is set through the SPI  
after negotiation with the USB host. In case of a power up failure, a second power up will not be initiated to avoid an ambulance  
mode, the charger circuitry will though continue to charge. The USB dead battery operation following the low-power boot scheme  
is described further in this chapter.  
Upon connecting a charger to an application with a dead battery the behavior will be different for serial path and single path  
configurations.  
In serial path (M3 present), the application will be powered up with the current through M1M2 set to 500 mA minimum. The  
internal trickle charge current source will be enabled, set to its lowest level (40 mA) up to BATTMIN, followed by the highest  
setting (80 mA). The internal trickle charge current is not programmable, but can be turned off by the SPI. In this mode, the  
voltage and current regulation to BP through the external pass devices M1M2 can be reprogrammed through the SPI. Once the  
battery is greater than BATTON, it will be connected to BP and further charged through M1/M2 at the same time as the  
application.  
In single path (M3 replaced by a short, BATTFET floating), the battery (and therefore BP) is below the BPON threshold. This  
will be detected and the external charge path will be used to precharge the battery, up to BATTMIN at the lowest level (80 mA),  
and above at the 500 mA minimum level. Once exceeding BPON, a turn on event is generated and the voltage and current levels  
can be reprogrammed.  
When in the serial path and upon initialization of the charger circuitry, and it appears BP stays below BPON, the application  
will not be powered up, and the same charging scheme is followed as for single path.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
96  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
The precharge will timeout and stop charging, in case it did not succeed in raising the battery to a high enough level: BATTON  
for internal precharge, external precharge in the case of USB, and BPON for the external precharge, in case of a charger. This  
is a fault condition and is flagged to the processor by the CHGFAULTI interrupt, and the CHGFAULTS[1:0] bits are set to 10.  
The charging circuit will stop charging and generate a CHGCURRI interrupt after the battery is fully charged. This is detected  
by the charge current dropping below the CHGCURR limit. The charger automatically restarts if the battery voltage is below  
BATTCYCL. Software can bypass this cyclic mode of operation by setting the CYCLB bit. Setting the bit does not prevent  
interrupts to be generated.  
During charging, a charge timer is running. When expiring before the CHGCURR limit is reached, the charging will be stopped  
and an interrupt generated. The charge timer can be reset before it expires by setting the self clearing CHGTMRRST bit. After  
expiration, the charger needs to be restarted. Proper charge termination and restart is a relatively slow process. Therefore in both  
of the previous cases, the charging will rapidly resume, in case of a sudden battery bounce. This is detected by BP dropping  
below the BATTON threshold.  
Out of any state and after a timeout, the charger state machine can be restarted by removing and reapplying the charger. A  
software restart can also be initiated by setting the self clearing CHGRESTART bit.  
The state of the charger logic is reflected by means of the CHGENS bit. This bit is therefore a 1 in all states of the charger  
state machine, except when in a fault condition or when at the end of charge. In low-power boot mode, the bit is not set until the  
ACKLPB bit is set. This also means that the CHGENS bit is not cleared when the power limiter interacts, or when the battery  
temperature is out of range. The charge LED At CHRGLED follows the state of the CHGENS bit with the exception that software  
can force the LED driver on.  
The detection of a serial path versus a single path is reflected through the CHRGSSS bit. A logic 1 indicates a serial path. In  
cases of single path, the pin BATTFET must be left floating.  
The charging circuit will stop charging, in case the die temperature of the IC exceeds the thermal protection threshold. The  
state machine will be re-initiated again when the temperature drops below this threshold.  
Table 77. Charger Timer Characteristics  
Parameter  
Charger Timer  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
120  
270  
Max  
Units  
min  
External precharge 80 mA  
Internal precharge 40/80 mA  
min  
Precharge Timer  
External precharge 400/560 mA  
60  
min  
Table 78. Charger Fault Conditions  
Fault Condition  
Cleared or no fault condition  
Over-voltage at CHRGRAW  
Excessive dissipation on M1/M2  
Sudden battery drop below BATTMIN  
Any charge timeout  
CHGFAULTS[1:0]  
CHGFAULTI  
Not generated  
Rising edge  
Rising edge  
Rising edge  
Rising edge  
Dual edge  
00  
01  
01  
10  
10  
11  
Out of temperature  
SOFTWARE CONTROLLED CHARGING  
The charger can also be operated under software control. By setting CHGAUTOB = 1, full control of the charger settings is  
assumed by software. The state machine will no longer determine the mode of charging. The only exceptions to this are a charger  
removal, a charger over-voltage detection and excessive power dissipation in M1/M2.  
For safety reasons, when a RESETB occurs, the software controlled charging mode is exited for the standalone charging  
operation mode.  
In the software controlled charging mode, the internal trickle charger settings can be controlled as well as the M3 operation  
through FETCTRL (1 = conducting). The latter is only possible if the FETOVRD bit is set. If a sudden drop in BP occurs (BP <  
BPON) while M3 is open, the charger control logic will immediately close M3 under the condition that BATT > BATTMIN.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
97  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
FACTORY MODE  
In factory mode, power is provided to the application with no battery present. It is not a situation which should occur in the field.  
The factory mode is differentiated from a USB Host by, in addition to a valid VBUS, a UID being pulled high to the VBUS level  
during the attach, see Connectivity.  
In case of a serial path (M3 present), the application will be powered up with M1M2 fully on. The M3 is opened (non conducting)  
to a separate BP from BATT. However, the internal trickle charge current source is not enabled. All the charger timers as well as  
the power limiter are disabled.  
In case of a single path (M3 replaced by a short, BATTFET floating), the behavior is similar to a normal charging case. The  
application will power up and the charge current is set to the 500 mA minimum level. All the internal timers and pre-charger timers  
are enabled, while only the charger timer and power limiter function are disabled.  
In both cases, by setting the CHGAUTOVIB bit, the charge voltage and currents can be programmed. When setting the  
CHGAUTOB bit the factory mode is exited.  
USB LOW-POWER BOOT  
USB low-power boot allows the application to boot with a dead battery within the 100 mA USB budget until the processor has  
negotiated for the full current capability. This mode expedites the charging of the dead battery and allows the software to bring  
up the LCD display screen with the message “Charging battery”. This is enabled on the IC by hardwiring the MODE pin on the  
PCB board, as shown in Table 79.  
Table 79. MODE Pin Programming  
MODE Pin State  
Ground  
Mode  
Normal Operation  
Low-power Boot Allowed  
VCOREDIG  
Below are the steps required for USB low-power booting:  
1. First step: detect a potential low-power boot condition, and qualify if it is enabled.  
a) VBUS present and not in Factory Mode (either via a wall charger or USB host, since the IC has no knowledge of what  
kind of device is connected)  
b) BP<BPON (full power boot if BP>BPON)  
c) Board level enabling of LPB with MODE pin hardwired to VCOREDIG  
d) M3 included in charger system (Serial path charging, not Single). If all of these are true, then LPBS=1 and the system  
will proceed with LPB sequence. If any are false, LPBS = 0.  
2. If LPBS = 0, then a normal booting of the system will take place as follows:  
a) MODE = GND. The INT pin should behave normally, i.e. can go high during Watchdog phase based on any unmasked  
interrupt. If BP>BATTON, the application will turn on. If BP < BATTON, the PMIC will default to trickle charge mode and  
a turn on event will occur when the battery is charged above the BATTON threshold. The processor does not support a  
low-power boot mode, so it powers up normally.  
b) MODE = VCOREDIG. When coming from Cold Start the INT is kept low throughout the watchdog phase. The  
processor detects this and will boot normally. The INT behavior is becomes 'normal' when entering On mode, and also  
when entering watchdog phase from warm start.  
3. If LPBS = 1, then the system will boot in low-power as follows:  
a) Cold Start is initiated in a “current starved bring-up” limited by the charger system's DAC step ICHRG[3:0] = 0001 to  
stay within 100 mA USB budget. The startup sequence and defaults as defined in the startup table will be followed.  
Since VBUS is present the USB supplies will be enabled. The charge LED driver is maintained off.  
b) After the power up sequence, but before entering Watchdog phase, thus releasing the reset lines, the charger DAC  
current is stepped up to ICHRG[3:0] = 0100. This is in advance of negotiation and the application has to ensure that  
the total loading stays below the un-negotiated 100 mA limit.  
c) The INT pin is made high before entering watchdog phase and releasing RESETBMCU. All other interrupts are held off  
during the watchdog phase. The processor detects this and starts up in a Low-power mode at low clock speed.  
d) The application processor will enable the PHY in serial FS mode for enumeration.  
e) If the enumeration fails to get the stepped up current, the processor will bring WDI low. The power tree is shut down,  
and the charging system will revert to trickle recovery, LPBS reset to 0. (or any subsequent failure: WDI = 0). Also if  
RESETB transitions to 0 while in LPB (i.e., if BP loading misbehaves and causes a UVDET for example), the system  
will transition to USB trickle recover, LPBS reset to 0.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
98  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
BATTERY INTERFACE AND CONTROL  
f) If the enumeration is successful to get the stepped up current the processor will hold WDI high and continues with the  
booting procedure.  
• When the SPI is activated, the LPB interrupt LPBI can be cleared; other unmasked interrupts may now become active.  
When leaving watchdog phase for the On mode, the interrupts will work 'normally' even if LPBI is not cleared.  
• The SPI bit ACKLPB bit is set to enable the internal trickle charger. The charge LED gets activated. When the battery  
crosses the BATTMIN threshold the M3.transistor is automatically closed and the battery is charged with the current not  
taken by the application.  
• When BP exceeds BPON, the charger state machine will successfully exit the trickle charge mode. This will make  
LPBS = 0 which generates a LPBI. This interrupt will inform the processor that a full turn on is allowed. Once this  
happens the application code is allowed to run full speed.  
BATTERY THERMISTOR CHECK OPERATION  
By default, the battery thermistor value is taken into account for charging the battery. Upon detection of a supply at  
CHRGRAW, the core circuitry powers up including VCORE. As soon as VCORE is ready, the output GPO1 is made active high,  
independently of the state of GPO1EN bit. The resulting voltage at ADIN5 is compared to the corresponding temperature  
thresholds. If the voltage at ADIN5 is within range, the charging will behave as described thus far, however if out of range the  
charger state machine will go to a wait state, pause the charge timers, and no current will be sourced to the battery. When the  
temperature comes back in range, charging is continued again. The actual behavior depends on the configuration the charger  
circuitry at the moment the temperature range is exceeded.  
Table 80. Battery Thermistor Check Charger States  
State for temperature  
out of range  
State for temperature back in range  
Configuration  
ICin “On” State  
IC in “Off” State  
M1M2 = 560 mA / SPI setting,  
M3 = Open, Itrickle = 0mA  
Internal precharge  
Low-power Boot Precharge  
Initialization  
Initialization  
Internal precharging on a charger  
Internal precharging on USB in USB  
Low-power Boot  
M1M2 = 400 mA  
M3 = Open, Itrickle = 0mA  
Initialization  
Initialization  
All other non fault charging modes  
and configurations  
M1M2 = 0 mA  
M3 Closed  
The battery thermistor check can be disabled by setting the THCHKB bit. This is useful in applications where battery packs  
without thermistor may be used. This bit defaults to '0', which means that initial power up only can be achieved with an already  
charged battery pack or on a charger, but not on a USB Host without low-power boot support. Alternatively, one can bias ADIN5  
to get within the temperature window. Setting the SPI bit to disable the thermistor check will also inhibit the automatic enabling  
of the GPO1 output. The GPO1 output still remains controllable through GPO1EN. As an additional feature, the charger state  
machine will end up in an out of temperature state when the die temperature is below -20 °C, independent of the setting of the  
THCHKB bit.  
Notes:  
When using the battery charger as the only source of power, as in a battery-less application, the following precautions should  
be observed:  
• It is still necessary to connect ADIN5 to either VCOREDIG or a midpoint of a divider from GPIO1 to ground since the battery  
charger still interprets this voltage as the battery pack thermistor by default.  
• The charger state machine ends up in an out of temperature state when the die temperature is below -20 °C. The battery  
charger path, thus, must not be used in battery-less applications expected to operate below -20 °C.  
• Very careful budgeting of the total current consumption and voltage standoff from CHRGRAW to BPSNS must be made,  
since the power limiter is operational by default, and a battery less system won't have a source of current if the power  
dissipation limit is reached.  
• If operating from a USB host the unit load limit (100 mA max.) must still be observed.  
• If operating from a “wall charger”, and if there is no battery, there is an period of approximately 85 ms after RESETB is  
released, but before the current limit is set to a nominal 560 mA. If the total current demand is greater than this limit, the  
voltage may collapse and RESETB may pulse a few times (depending in part in the system load and dependence on  
RESETB.) Therefore, at the end of this time, RESETB may or may not be active. It may be necessary to use one of the  
other turn on events (such as PWRONx) to turn it back on.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
99  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
CONVERTER CORE  
The ADC core is a 10-bit converter. The ADC core and logic run on 2/3 of the switcher PLL generated frequency, so  
approximately 2.0 MHz. If an ADC conversion is requested while the PLL was not active, it will automatically be enabled by the  
ADC. A 32.768 kHz equivalent time base is derived from this to the ADC time events. The ADC is supplied from VCORE. The  
ADC core has an integrated auto calibration circuit which reduces the offset and gain errors.  
The switcher PLL is programmable, see Supplies. When the switcher frequency is changed, the frequency applied to the ADC  
converter will change accordingly. Although the conversion time is inversely proportional to the PLLX[2:0] setting, this will not  
influence the ADC performance. The locally derived 32.768 kHz will remain constant in order not to influence the different timings  
depending on this time base.  
INPUT SELECTOR  
The ADC has 8 input channels. Table 81 gives an overview of the attributes of the A to D channels.  
Table 81. ADC Inputs  
ADA1[2:0]  
Channel  
Signal read  
Input Level  
Scaling  
Scaled Version  
ADA2[2:0]  
Battery Voltage (BATT)  
0
1
2
000  
0 – 4.8 V  
/2  
0 – 2.4 V  
-60 mV – 60 mV (82)  
x20  
-1.2 – 1.2 V  
Battery Current  
(BATT-BATTISNSCC)  
001  
010  
Application Supply (BPSNS)  
0 – 4.8 V  
/2  
0 – 2.4 V  
0 – 12 V  
0 – 20 V  
/5  
/10  
0 – 2.4 V  
0 – 2.4 V  
Charger Voltage (CHRGRAW)  
3
011  
-300 mV – 300 mV (83)  
x4  
x1  
-1.2 – 1.2 V  
0 – 2.4 V  
Charger Current  
(CHRGISNS-BPSNS)  
4
5
100  
101  
General Purpose ADIN5  
(Battery Pack Thermistor)  
0 – 2.4 V  
General Purpose ADIN6  
Backup Voltage (LICELL)  
0 – 2.4 V  
0 – 3.6 V  
x1  
x2/3  
0 – 2.4 V  
0 – 2.4 V  
6
110  
General Purpose ADIN7/ADIN7B  
General Purpose ADIN7  
General Purpose ADIN7B  
Die Temperature  
0 – 2.4 V  
0 – BP  
0 – VIOHI  
x1  
/2  
/2  
0 – 2.4 V  
0 – 2.4 V  
0 – 1.4 V  
1.2 – 2.4 V  
0 – 2.4 V  
7
111  
UID  
0 – 4.8 V  
/2  
Notes  
82. Equivalent to -3.0 to +3.0 A of current with a 20 mOhm sense resistor  
83. Equivalent to -3.0 to +3.0 A of current with a 100 mOhm sense resistor  
The above table is valid when setting the bit ADSEL = 0 (default). If setting the bit to a 1, the touch screen interface related  
inputs are mapped on the ADC channels 4 to 7 and channels 0 to 3 become unused. For more details see the touch screen  
interface section.  
Some of the internal signals are first scaled to adapt the signal range to the input range of the ADC. The charge current and  
the battery current are indirectly read out by the voltage drop over the resistor in the charge path and battery path respectively.  
For details on scaling see the dedicated readings section.  
In case the source impedance is not sufficiently low on the directly accessible inputs ADIN5, ADIN6, ADIN7, and the muxed  
GPO4 path, an on chip buffer can be activated through the BUFFEN bit. If this bit is set, the buffer will be active on these specific  
inputs during an active conversion. Outside of the conversions the buffer is automatically disabled. The buffer will add some  
offset, but will not impact INL and DNL numbers except for input voltages close to zero.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
100  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
Table 82. ADC Input Specification  
Parameter  
Condition  
No bypass capacitor at input  
Bypass capacitor at input 10 nF  
BUFFEN = 1  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
5.0  
30  
Units  
kOhm  
kOhm  
mV  
Source Impedance  
Input Buffer Offset  
-5.0  
0.02  
5.0  
2.4  
Input Buffer Input Range  
BUFFEN = 1  
V
When considerably exceeding the maximum input of the ADC at the scaled or unscaled inputs, the reading result will return a  
full scale. It has to be noted that this full scale does not necessarily yield a 1023 DEC reading, due to the offsets and calibration  
applied. The same applies for when going below the minimum input where the corresponding 0000 DEC reading may not be  
returned.  
CONTROL  
The ADC parameters are programmed by the processors via the SPI. Up to two ADC requests can be queued, and locally  
these requests are arbitrated and executed. When a conversion is finished, an interrupt ADCDONEI is generated. The interrupt  
can be masked with the ADCDONEM bit.  
The ADC can start a series of conversions by a rising edge on the ADTRIG pin or through the SPI programming by setting the  
ASC bit. The ASC bit will self clear once the conversions are completed. A rising edge on the ADTRIG pin will automatically make  
the ASC bit high during the conversions.  
When started, always eight conversions will take place; either 1 for each channel (multiple channel mode, RAND = 0) or eight  
times the same channel (single channel mode, bit RAND = 1). In single channel mode, the to be converted channel needs to be  
selected with the ADA1[2:0] setting. This setting is not taken into account in multiple channel mode.  
In order to perform an auto calibration cycle, a series of ADC conversions is started with ADCCAL = 1. The ADCCAL bit is  
cleared automatically at the end of the conversions and an ADCDONEI interrupt is generated. The calibration only needs to be  
performed before a first utilization of the ADC after a cold start.  
The conversion will begin after a small synchronization error of a few microseconds plus a programmable delay from 1 (default)  
to 256 times the 32 kHz equivalent time base by programming the bits ATO[7:0]. This delay cannot be programmed to 0 times  
the 32 kHz in order to allow the ADC core to be initialized during the first 32 kHz clock cycle. The ATO delay can also be included  
between each of the conversions by setting the ATOX bit.  
Once a series of eight A/D conversions is complete, they are stored in a set of eight internal registers and the values can be  
read out by software (except when having done an auto calibration cycle). In order to accomplish this, the software must set the  
ADA1[2:0] and ADA2[2:0] address bits to indicate which values will be read out. This is set up by two sets of addressing bits to  
allow any two readings to be read out from the 8 internal registers. For example, if it is desired to read the conversion values  
stored in addresses 2 and 6, the software will need to set ADA1[2:0] to 010 and ADA2[2:0] to 110. A SPI read of the A/D result  
register will return the values of the conversions indexed by ADA1[2:0] and ADA2[2:0]. ADD1[9:0] will contain the value indexed  
by ADA1[2:0], and ADD2[9:0] will contain the conversion value indexed by ADA2[2:0].  
An additional feature allows for automatic incrementing of the ADA1[2:0] and ADA2[2:0] addressing bits. This is enabled with  
bits ADINC1 and ADINC2. When these bits are set, the ADA1[2:0] and ADA2[2:0] addressing bits will automatically increment  
during subsequent readings of the A/D result register. This allows for rapid reading of the A/D results registers with a minimum  
of SPI transactions.  
The ADC core can be reset by setting the self clearing ADRESET bit. As a result the internal data and settings will be reset  
but the SPI programming or readout results will not. To restart a new ADC conversion after a reset, all ADC SPI control settings  
should therefore be reprogrammed.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
101  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
DEDICATED READINGS  
CHANNEL 0 BATTERY VOLTAGE  
The battery voltage is read at the BATT pin at channel 0. The battery voltage is first scaled as V(BATT)/2 in order to fit the  
input range of the ADC.  
Table 83. Battery Voltage Reading Coding  
Voltage at  
input ADC in V  
Voltage at  
BATT in V  
Conversion Code ADDn[9:0]  
1 111 111 111  
1 000 010 100  
0 000 000 000  
2.400  
1.250  
0.000  
4.800  
2.500  
0.000  
CHANNEL 1 BATTERY CURRENT  
The current flowing out of and into the battery can be read via the ADC, by monitoring the voltage drop over the sense resistor  
between BATT and BATTISNSCC. This function is enabled by setting BATTICON = 1.  
The battery current can be read either in multiple channel mode or in single channel mode. In both cases, the battery terminal  
voltage at BATT, and the voltage difference between BATT and BATTISNS, are sampled simultaneously but converted one after  
the other. This is done to effectively perform the voltage and current reading at the same time. In multiple channel mode, the  
converted values are read at the assigned channel. In single channel mode and ADA1[2:0] = 001, the converted result is  
available in 4 pairs of battery voltage and current reading as shown in Table 84.  
Table 84. Battery Current Reading Sequence  
ADC Trigger  
Signals Sampled  
Signal Converted  
BATT  
Readout  
Channel 0  
Channel 1  
Channel 2  
Channel 3  
Channel 4  
Channel 5  
Channel 6  
Channel 7  
Contents  
BATT, BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT  
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT  
BATT, BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT  
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT  
BATT, BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT  
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT  
BATT, BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
BATT – BATTISNSCC  
If the BATTICON bit is not set, the ADC will return a 0 reading for channel 1.  
The voltage difference between BATT and BATTISNS is first amplified to fit the ADC input range as V(BATT-BATTISNS)*20.  
Since battery current can flow in both directions, the conversion is read out in 2's complement format. Positive readings  
correspond to the current flow out of the battery, and negative readings to the current flowing into the battery.  
Table 85. Battery Current Reading Coding  
Conversion Code,  
ADDn[9:0]  
Voltage at Input, ADC in  
mV  
Current through  
20 mOhm in mA  
BATT – BATTISNS in mV  
Current Flow  
0 111 111 111  
0 000 000 001  
0 000 000 000  
1 111 111 111  
1 000 000 000  
From battery  
From battery  
1200.00  
2.346  
60  
0.117  
0.0  
3000  
5.865  
0.0  
0.0  
To battery  
To battery  
-2.346  
-1200.00  
-0.117  
-60  
5.865  
3000  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
102  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
The value of the sense resistor used, determines the accuracy of the result as well as the available conversion range. Note  
that excessively high values can impact the operating life of the device due to extra voltage drop across the sense resistor.  
Table 86. Battery Current Reading Specification  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
19  
Typ  
20  
Max  
21  
Units  
Amplifier Gain  
Amplifier Offset  
Sense Resistor  
-2.0  
2.0  
mV  
20  
mOhm  
CHANNEL 2 APPLICATION SUPPLY  
The application supply voltage is read at the BP pin at channel 2. The battery voltage is first scaled as V(BP)/2 in order to fit  
the input range of the ADC.  
Table 87. Application Supply Voltage Reading Coding  
Conversion Code  
ADDn[9:0]  
Voltage at input  
ADC in V  
Voltage at BP  
in V  
1 111 111 111  
1 000 010 101  
0 000 000 000  
2.400  
1.250  
0.000  
4.800  
2.500  
0.000  
CHANNEL 3 CHARGER VOLTAGE  
The charger voltage is measured at the CHRGRAW pin at channel 3. The charger voltage is first scaled in order to fit the input  
range of the ADC. If the CHRGRAWDIV bit is set to a 1 (default), then the scaling factor is a divide by 5, when set to a 0 a divide  
by 10.  
Table 88. Charger Voltage Reading Coding  
Conversion Code  
ADDn[9:0]  
Voltage at input  
ADC in V  
Voltage at CHGRAW in V,  
CHRGRAWDIV = 0  
Voltage at CHGRAW in V,  
CHRGRAWDIV = 1  
1 101 010 100  
0 000 000 000  
2.000  
0.000  
20.000  
0.000  
10.000  
0.000  
CHANNEL 4 CHARGER CURRENT  
The charge current is read by monitoring the voltage drop over the charge current sense resistor. This resistor is connected  
between CHRGISNS and BPSNS. The voltage difference is first amplified to fit the ADC input range as V(CHRGISNS-BPSNS)*4.  
The conversion is read out in a 2's complement format, see Table 89. The positive reading corresponds to the current flow from  
charger to battery, the negative reading to the current flowing into the charger terminal. Unlike the battery current and voltage  
readings, the charger current readings are not interleaved with the charger voltage readings, so when RAND = 1 a total of 8  
readings are executed. The conversion circuit is enabled by setting the CHRGICON bit to a one. If the CHRGICON bit is not set,  
the ADC will return a 0 reading for channel 4.  
Table 89. Charge Current Reading Coding  
Conversion Code  
ADDn[9:0]  
Voltage at input  
ADC in mV  
Current through  
100 mOhm in mA  
CHRGISNS – BPSNS in mV  
Current Flow  
0 111 111 111  
0 000 000 001  
0 000 000 000  
1 111 111 111  
1 000 000 000  
1200  
2.4  
300.0  
0.586  
0.0  
3000  
5.865  
0.0  
To application/battery  
To application/battery  
-
0.0  
-2.346  
-1200  
-0.586  
-300.0  
5.865  
3000  
To charger connection  
To charger connection  
The value of the sense resistor used determines not only the accuracy of the result as well as the available conversion range,  
but also the charge current levels. It is therefore advised not to select another value than 100 mOhm.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
103  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
CHANNEL 5 ADIN5 AND BATTERY THERMISTOR AND BATTERY DETECT  
On channel 5, ADIN5 may be used as a general purpose unscaled input, but in a typical application, ADIN5 is used to read  
out the battery pack thermistor. The thermistor will have to be biased with an external pull-up to a voltage rail greater than the  
ADC input range. In order to save current when the thermistor reading is not required, it can be biased from one of the general  
purpose IO's such as GPO1. A resistor divider network should assure the resulting voltage falls within the ADC input range in  
particular when the thermistor check function is used, see Battery Thermistor Check Circuitry.  
When the application is on and supplied by the charger, a battery removal can be detected by a battery thermistor presence  
check. When the thermistor terminal becomes high-impedance, the battery is considered being removed. This detection function  
is available at the ADIN5 input and can be enabled by setting the BATTDETEN bit. The voltage at ADIN5 is compared to the  
output voltage of the GPO1 driver, and when the voltage exceeds the battery removal detect threshold, the sense bit  
BATTDETBS is made high and after a debounce the BATTDETBI interrupt is generated.  
Table 90. Battery Removal Detect Specification  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
Battery Removal Detect Threshold(84)  
31/32 * GPO1  
V
Notes  
84. This is equivalent to a 10 kOhm pull-up and a 10 kOhm thermistor at -35 °C.  
CHANNEL 6 ADIN6 AND COIN CELL VOLTAGE  
On channel 6, ADIN6 may be used as a general purpose unscaled input.  
In addition, on channel 6, the voltage of the coin cell connected to the LICELL pin can be read (LICON=1). Since the voltage  
range of the coin cell exceeds the input voltage range of the ADC, the LICELL voltage is first scaled as V(LICELL)*2/3. In case  
the voltage at LICELL drops below the coin cell disconnect threshold (see Clock Generation and Real Time Clock), the voltage  
at LICELL can still be read through the ADC.  
Table 91. Coin Cell Voltage Reading Coding  
Conversion Code  
Voltage at ADC input (V)  
Voltage at LICELL (V)  
ADDn[9:0]  
1 111 111 111  
1 000 000 000  
0 000 000 000  
2.400  
1.200  
0.000  
3.6  
1.8  
0.0  
CHANNEL 7 ADIN7 AND ADIN7B, UID AND DIE TEMPERATURE  
On channel 7, ADIN7 may be used as a general purpose unscaled input (ADIN7DIV = 0) or as a divide by 2 scaled input  
(ADIN7DIV = 1). The latter allows converting signals that are up to twice the ADC converter core input range. In a typical  
application, an ambient light sensor is connected here.  
A second general purpose input ADIN7B is available on channel 7. This input is muxed on the GPO4 pin. The input voltage  
can be scaled by setting the ADIN7DIV bit. In the application, a second ambient light sensor is supposed to be connected here.  
Note that the GPO4 will have to be configured to allow for the proper routing of GPO4 to the ADC, see General Purpose Outputs.  
In addition, on channel 7, the voltage of the USB ID line connected to the UID pin can be read. Since the voltage range of the  
ID line exceeds the input voltage range of the ADC, the UID voltage is first scaled as V(UID)/2.  
Table 92. UID Voltage Reading Coding  
Conversion Code  
Voltage at ADC input (V)  
Voltage at UID (V)  
ADDn[9:0]  
1 111 111 111  
0 000 000 000  
2.400  
0.000  
4.80 - 5.25  
0.0  
Also on channel 7, the die temperature can be read out. The relation between the read out code and temperature is given in  
Table 93.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
104  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
Table 93. Die Temperature Voltage Reading  
Parameter  
Die Temperature Read Out Code at 25 °C  
Temperature change per LSB  
Slope error  
Minimum  
Typical  
Maximum  
Unit  
Decimal  
°C/LSB  
%
680  
+0.4244 °C  
5.0  
Table 94. ADC Channel 7 Scaling Selection  
ADIN7DIV  
ADIN7SEL1  
ADIN7SEL0  
Channel 7 Routing and Scaling  
General purpose input ADIN7, Scaling = 1  
General purpose input ADIN7, Scaling = 1 / 2  
Die temperature  
0
1
x
x
0
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
UID pin voltage, Scaling = 1 / 2  
General purpose input ADIN7B, Scaling = 1  
General purpose input ADIN7B, Scaling = 1 / 2  
ADC ARBITRATION  
The ADC converter and its control is based on a single ADC converter core with the possibility to store two requests, and to  
store both their results as shown in Figure 27. This allows two independent pieces of software to perform ADC requests.  
Figure 27. ADC Request Handling  
The programming for the two requests, the one to the 'ADC' and to the 'ADC BIS', uses the same SPI registers. The write  
access to the control of 'ADC BIS' is handled via the ADCBISn bits located at bit position 23 of the ADC control registers, which  
functions as an extended address bit. By setting this bit to a 1, the control bits which follow are destined for the 'ADC BIS'.  
ADCBISn will always read back 0 and there is no read access to the control bits related to 'ADC BIS'. The read results from the  
'ADC' and 'ADC BIS' conversions are available in two separate registers.  
The following diagram schematically shows how the ADC control and result registers are set-up.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
105  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
8 Bit Address Header  
24 Bit Data  
Location  
43  
ADC Control  
Register 0  
R/W  
Bit  
Address  
Bits  
Nul l ADC  
Bit BIS0  
ADC Control  
Bits  
Location  
44  
ADC Control  
Register 1  
R/W  
Bit  
Address  
Bits  
Nul l ADC  
Bit BIS1  
ADC Control  
Bits  
Location  
45  
ADC Result  
Register ADC0  
R/W  
Bit  
Address  
Bits  
Nul l  
Bit  
ADC Result  
Bits  
Location  
46  
ADC Control  
Register 2  
R/W  
Bit  
Address  
Bits  
Nul l ADC  
Bit BIS2  
ADC Control  
Bits  
Location  
47  
ADC Result  
Register ADC1  
R/W  
Bit  
Address  
Bits  
Nul l  
Bit  
ADC BIS Result  
Bits  
Figure 28. ADC Register Set for ADC BIS Access  
There are two interrupts available to inform the processor when the ADC has finished its conversions, one for the standard  
ADC conversion ADCDONEI, and one for the ADCBIS conversion ADCBISDONEI. These interrupts will go high after the  
conversion, and can be masked.  
When two requests are queued, the request for which the trigger event occurs the first will be converted the first. During the  
conversion of the first request, an ADTRIG trigger event of the other request is ignored, if for the other request the TRIGMASK  
bit was set to 1. When this bit is set to 0, the other request ADTRIG trigger event is memorized, and the conversion will take place  
directly after the conversions of the first request are finished.  
The following diagram shows the influence of the TRIGMASK bit. The TRIGMASK bit is particularly of use when an ADC  
conversion has to be lined up to a periodically ADTRIG initiated conversion. In case of ASC initiated conversions, the TRIGMASK  
bit is of no influence.  
Figure 29. TRIGMASK Functional Diagram  
To avoid results of previous conversions getting overwritten by a periodical ADTRIG signal, a single shot function is enabled  
by setting the ADONESHOT bit to a one. In that case, only at the first following conversion, an ADTRIG trigger event is accepted.  
ASC events are not affected by this setting. Before performing a new single shot conversion, the ADONESHOT bit first needs to  
be cleared. Note that this bit is available for each of the conversion requests 'ADC' or 'ADC BIS', so can be set independently.  
It is possible to queue two ADTRIG triggered conversions. Both conversions will be executed with a priority based on the  
TRIGMASK setting. If both conversion requests have identical TRIGMASK settings, priority is given to the 'ADC' conversion over  
the 'ADC BIS' conversion. Note that the ADONESHOT is also taken into account.  
To avoid that the ADTRIG input inadvertently triggers a conversion, the ADTRIGIGN bit can be set which will ignore any  
transition on the ADTRIG pin. The ADC completely ignores either ADTRIG or ASC pulses while ADEN is low. When reading  
conversion results, it is preferable to make ADEN = 0.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
106  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
TOUCH SCREEN INTERFACE  
The touch screen interface provides all circuitry required for the readout of a 4-wire resistive touch screen. The touch screen  
X plate is connected to TSX1 and TSX2 while the Y plate is connected to TSY1 and TSY2. A local supply TSREF will serve as  
a reference. Several readout possibilities are offered.  
In order to use the ADC inputs and properly convert and readout the values, the bit ADSEL should be set to a 1. This is valid  
for touch screen readings as well as for general purpose reading on the same inputs.  
The touch screen operating modes are configured via the TSMOD[2:0] bits show in the following table.  
Table 95. Touch Screen Operating Mode  
TSMOD2  
TSMOD1  
TSMOD0  
Mode  
Inactive  
Description  
Inputs TSX1, TSX2, TSY1, TSY2 can be used as general purpose ADC inputs  
x
0
0
0
1
Interrupt detection is active. Generates an interrupt TSI when plates make  
contact. TSI is dual edge sensitive and 30 ms debounced  
0
Interrupt  
Reserved  
Touch Screen  
Reserved  
Reserved for a different interrupt mode  
1
0
0
1
1
x
ADC will control a sequential reading of 2 times a XY coordinate pair and 2 times  
a contact resistance  
Reserved for a different reading mode  
1
1
x
In inactive mode, the inputs TSX1, TSX2, TSY1, and TSY2 can be used as general purpose inputs. They are respectively  
mapped on ADC channels 4, 5, 6, and 7.  
In interrupt mode, a voltage is applied to the X-plate (TSX2) via a weak current source to VCORE, while the Y-plate is  
connected to ground (TSY1). When the two plates make contact both will be at a low potential. This will generate a pen interrupt  
to the processor. This detection does not make use of the ADC core or the TSREF regulator, so both can remain disabled.  
In touch screen mode, the XY coordinate pairs and the contact resistance are read.  
The X-coordinate is determined by applying TSREF over the TSX1 and TSX2 pins while performing a high-impedance reading  
on the Y-plate through TSY1. The Y coordinate is determined by applying TSREF between TSY1 and TSY2, while reading the  
TSX1 pin.  
The contact resistance is measured by applying a known current into the TSY1 terminal of the touch screen and through the  
terminal TSX2, which is grounded. The voltage difference between the two remaining terminals TSY2 and TSX1 is measured by  
the ADC, and equals the voltage across the contact resistance. Measuring the contact resistance helps in determining if the touch  
screen is touched with a finger or stylus.  
To perform touch screen readings, the processor will have to select the touch screen mode, program the delay between the  
conversions via the ATO and ATOX settings, trigger the ADC via one of the trigger sources, wait for an interrupt indicating the  
conversion is done, and then read out the data. In order to reduce the interrupt rate and to allow for easier noise rejection, the  
touch screen readings are repeated in the readout sequence.  
Table 96. Touch Screen Reading Sequence  
Readout Address (85)  
ADC Conversion  
Signals sampled  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
X position  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
X position  
Dummy  
Y position  
Y position  
Dummy  
Contact resistance  
Contact resistance  
Notes  
85. Address as indicated by ADA1[2:0] and ADA2[2:0]  
The dummy conversion inserted between the different readings is to allow the references in the system to be pre-biased for  
the change in touch screen plate polarity and will read out as '0'.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
107  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
Figure 30 shows how the ATO and ATOX settings determine the readout sequence. The ATO should be set long enough so  
that the touch screen can be biased properly before conversions start.  
Touchscreen Readout for ATOX=0  
1/32K  
ATO+1  
ATO+1  
ATO+1  
Trigger  
Conversions  
0, 1, 2  
Conversions  
3, 4, 5  
Conversions  
6, 7  
Touchscreen  
Polarization  
End of Conversion 2  
New Touchscreen  
Polarization  
End of Conversion 5  
New Touchscreen  
Polarization  
End of Conversion 7  
Touchscreen  
De-Polarization  
Touchscreen Readout for ATOX=1  
1/32K  
ATO+1  
ATO+1  
ATO+1  
ATO+1  
Etc.  
Trigger  
Conversion 0  
Conversion 1  
Conversion 2  
Conversion 3  
Touchscreen  
Polarization  
End of Conversion 2  
New Touchscreen  
Polarization  
Figure 30. Touch Screen Reading Timing  
The main resistive touch screen panel characteristics are listed in Table 5. The switch matrix and readout scheme is designed  
such that the on chip switch resistances are of no influence on the overall readout. The readout scheme however does not  
account for contact resistances as present in the touch screen connectors. Therefore, the touch screen readings will have to be  
calibrated by the user or in the factory where one has to point with a stylus the opposite corners of the screen.  
When reading out the X-coordinate, the 10-bit ADC reading represents a 10-bit coordinate with '0' for a coordinate equal to  
TSX2, and full scale '1023' when equal to TSX1. When reading out the Y-coordinate, the 10-bit ADC reading represents a 10-bit  
coordinate with '0' for a coordinate equal to TSY2, and full scale '1023' when equal to TSY1. When reading the contact resistance  
the 10-bit ADC reading represents the voltage drop over the contact resistance created by the known current source multiplied  
by two.  
Table 97. Touchscreen Interface Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Interrupt Threshold for Pressure Application  
Interrupt Threshold for Pressure Removal  
Current Source Inaccuracy  
40  
60  
50  
80  
60  
95  
20  
kOhm  
kOhm  
%
Over-temperature  
The reference for the touch screen is TSREF and is powered from VCORE. In touch screen operation, TSREF is a dedicated  
regulator. No other loads than the touch screen should be connected here. When the ADC performs non touch screen  
conversions, the ADC does not rely on TSREF and the reference can be disabled. In applications not supporting touch screen  
at all, the TSREF can be used as a low current general purpose regulator, or it can be kept disabled and the bypass capacitor  
omitted. The operating mode of TSREF can be controlled with the TSREFEN bit in the same way as some other general purpose  
regulators are controlled, see Linear Regulators.  
COULOMB COUNTER  
As indicated earlier on in this Section, the current into and from the battery can be read out through the general purpose ADC  
as a voltage drop over the R1 sense resistor. Together with battery voltage reading, the battery capacity can be estimated. A  
more accurate battery capacity estimation can be obtained by using the integrated Coulomb Counter.  
The Coulomb Counter (or CC) monitors the current flowing in/out of the battery by integrating the voltage drop across the  
battery current sense resistor R1, followed by an A to D conversion. The result of the A to D conversion is used to increase/  
decrease the contents of a counter that can be read out by software. This function will require a 10 F output capacitor to perform  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
108  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
a first order filtering of the signal across R1. Due to the sampling of the A to D converter and the filtering applied, the longer the  
software waits before retrieving the information from the CC, the higher the accuracy. The capacitor will be connected between  
the pins CFP and CFM, see Figure 31.  
Figure 31. Coulomb Counter Block Diagram  
The CC results are available in the 2's complement CCOUT[15:0] counter. This counter is preferably reflecting 1 Coulomb per  
LSB. As a reminder, 1 Coulomb is the equivalent of 1 Ampere during 1 second, so a current of 20 mA during 1 hour is equivalent  
to 72C. However, since the resolution of the A to D converter is much finer than 1C, the internal counts are first to be rescaled.  
This can be done by setting the ONEC[14:0] bits. The CCOUT[15:0] counter is then increased by 1 with every ONEC[14:0] counts  
of the A to D converter. For example, ONEC[14:0] = 000 1010 0011 1101 BIN = 2621 DEC yields 1C count per LSB of  
CCOUT[15:0] with R1 = 20 mOhm.  
The CC can be reset by setting the RSTCC bit. This will reset the digital blocks of the CC and will clear the CCOUT[15:0]  
counter. The RSTCC bit gets automatically cleared at the end of the reset period which may take up to 40 s. The CC is started  
by setting the STARTCC bit. The CC is disabled by setting this bit low again. This will not reset the CC settings nor its counters,  
so when restarting the CC with STARTCC, the count will continue.  
When the CC is running it can be calibrated. An analog and a digital offset calibration is available. The digital portion of the  
CC is by default permanently corrected for offset and gain errors. This function can be disabled by setting the CCCALDB bit.  
However, this is not advisable.  
In order to calibrate the analog portion of the CC, the CCCALA bit is set. This will disconnect the inputs of the CC from the  
sense resistor and will internally short them together. The CCOUT[15:0] counter will accumulate the analog error over time. The  
calibration period can be freely chosen by the implementer and depends on the accuracy required. By setting the ONEC[14:0] = 1  
DEC this process is sped up significantly. By reading out the contents of the CCOUT[15:0] and taking into account the calibration  
period, software can now calculate the error and account for it. Once the calibration period has finished the CCCALA bit should  
be cleared again.  
One optional feature is to apply a dithering to the A to D converter to avoid any error in the measurement due to repetitive  
events. To enable dithering the CCDITHER bit should be set. In order for this feature to be operational, the digital calibration  
should remain enabled, so the CCCALDB bit should not be set.  
Table 98. Coulomb Counter Characteristics  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
Placed in Battery path of  
Charger system  
-–  
20  
m  
Sense resistor R1  
Sensed current  
On consumption  
Resolution  
Through R1  
CC active  
1.0  
3000  
20  
mA  
A  
C  
10  
1LSB Increment  
381.47  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
109  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
ADC SUBSYSTEM  
As follows from the previous description, using the CC requires a number of programming steps. A typical programming  
example is given below.  
1. SPI Access 1: Initialize  
• Reg 9: Write STARTCC = 1, RSTCC = 1, CCCALA = 1, CCDITHER = 1, CCCALDB = 0  
• RSTCC will be self clearing  
• Register 10 is NOT to be programmed since by default the ONEC[14:0] scaler is set to 1  
2. Wait for analog calibration period  
3. SPI Access 2: Set scaler  
Reg 10: Write ONEC to desired value for CC use, for instance 2621DEC  
4. SPI Access 3: Read analog offset and reset CC  
• Reg 9: Write STARTCC = 1, RSTCC = 1, CCCALA = 0, CCDITHER = 1, CCCALDB = 0  
• During the write access, on the MISO read line the most recent CCOUT[15:0] is available  
• RSTCC will be self clearing  
From this point on the ACC is running properly and CCOUT[15:0] reflects the accumulated charge. In order to be sure the  
contents of the CCOUT[15:0] are valid, a CCFAULT bit is available. CCFAULT will be set '1' if the CCOUT content is no longer  
valid, this means the bit gets set when a fault condition occurs and stays latched till cleared by software. There is no interrupt  
associated to this bit. The following fault conditions are covered.  
Counter roll over: CCOUT[15:0] = 8000HEX  
This occurs when the contents of CCOUT[15:0] go from a negative to a positive value or vice versa. Software may interpret  
incorrectly the battery charge by this change in polarity. When CCOUT[15:0] becomes equal to 8000HEX the CCFAULT is set.  
The counter stays counting so its contents can still be exploited.  
Battery removal: 'BP<UVDET'  
When removing and replacing the battery, the contents of the counter are no longer valid. A battery removal is characterized  
by the input supply to the IC dropping below the under voltage detect threshold, so BP<UVDET. To avoid false detection due to  
short power cuts, the CCFAULT is set only after a long debounce of 1 second.  
Battery removal when charging: BATTDETBS = 1  
The battery removal detection as described previously, is not applicable when charging, since the charger will continue to  
supply the application and the BP will not drop below UVDET. To still detect a battery removal, one can use the battery detect  
function as described in the channel description earlier in this chapter. When the sense bit BATTDETBS becomes a 1, the  
CCFAULT is set only after a long debounce of 1 second.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
110  
Freescale Semiconductor  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CONNECTIVITY  
CONNECTIVITY  
USB INTERFACE  
The MC13892 contains the regulators required to supply the PHY contained in the i.MX51, i.MX37, i.MX35, and i.MX27  
processors. The regulators used to power the external PHY in the i.MX51 and i.MX37 are VUSB, VUSB2, and VUSB for the  
i.MX35 and i.MX27 processors. The MC13892 also provides the 5.0 V supply for USB OTG operation. The USB interface may  
be used for portable product battery charging (refer to Battery Interface and Control for more details on the charging system).  
Finally included are comparators/detectors for VBUS and ID detection. The USB interface is illustrated in the following diagram.  
Figure 32. USB Interface  
SUPPLIES  
The VUSB regulator is used to supply 3.3 V to the external USB PHY. The UVBUS line of the USB interface is supplied by the  
host in the case of host mode operation, or by the integrated VBUS generation circuit, in the case of USB OTG mode operation.  
The VBUS circuit is powered from the SWBST boost supply to ensure OTG current sourcing compliance through the normal  
discharge range of the main battery.  
The VUSB regulator can be supplied from the UVBUS wire of the cable when supplied by a host in the case of host mode  
operation, or by the SWBST voltage brought in at the VINUSB pin and internally connected to the VBUS pin for OTG mode  
operation. The VUSBIN SPI bit is used to make the selection between host or OTG mode operation as defined in Table 99.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
111  
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CONNECTIVITY  
Table 99. VUSB Input Source Control  
Parameter  
Value  
Function  
0
Powered by Host: UVBUS powers VUSB  
VUSBIN  
OTG mode: SWBST internally switched to supply the VUSB regulator, and SWBST will drive VBUS from the  
VUSBIN pin as long as VBUSEN pin is logic high = 1  
1
Notes  
86. Note that (VUSBIN = 1 and VBUSEN = 1) only closes the switch between the VINUSB and UVBUS pins, but does not enable the  
SWBST boost regulator (which should be enabled with OTGSWBSTEN = 1).  
87. VUSBIN SPI bit initialized by PUMS2 pin configuration at cold start  
PUMS2 = Open, VUSBIN = 0  
PUMS2 = Ground, VUSBIN = 1  
The VBUSEN pin along with the VUSBIN SPI bit shown in Table 99, control switching SWBST to drive VBUS in OTG mode.  
When VBUSEN = 1 and VUSBIN = 1, SWBST will be driving the VBUS. In all other cases, the switch from VINUSB to UVBUS  
will be open. The VUSBIN SPI bit is initialized by the PUMS2 pin configuration at cold start. When the PUMS2 is open the  
VUSBIN SPI bit will default to 0, and when PUMS2 is grounded the VUSBIN SPI bit will default to 1. When PUMS2 is grounded,  
the SWBST will also be enabled by default by setting the OTGSWBSTEN bit = 1. Note that (VBUSEN = 1 and VUSBIN = 1) only  
closes the switch between VINUSB and UVBUS pins, but does not enable SWBST (this needs to be enabled by setting the SPI  
bit OTGSWBSTEN = 1).  
In OTG mode, VUSB and VUSB2 will be automatically enabled by setting the SPI bit VUSBIN to a 1. When SWBST is  
supplying the UVBUS pin (OTG Mode), it will generate VBUSVALID and BVALID interrupts. These interrupts should not be  
interpreted as being powered by the host by the software, and the VUSB supply will continue to be supplied by the SWBST  
output. To prevent the charger from charging in OTG mode, the charger should be put into software controlled mode by setting  
the CHGAUTOB = 1, and the charge current set to 0 prior to enabling the SWBST to supply the UVBUS pin.  
The VUSB regulator defaults to on when PUMS2 = Ground, and is supplied by the SWBST output. If a USB host is attached,  
the switchover to supply the VUSB input by the USB cable (UVBUS pin) is a manual switchover, which will require the following  
steps via software to switch over properly: receive BVALID interrupt, disable the VUSB regulator (VUSBEN = 0), change the input  
VUSB to UVBUS instead of SWBST (set VINUSB = 0), and then enable the VUSB regulator (VUSBEN = 1). It will be up to the  
processor to determine what type of device is connected, either a USB host or a wall charger, and take appropriate action.  
When the PUMS2 = OPEN, the VUSB regulator will default to off, unless 5.0 V is present on the UVBUS pin. If UVBUS is  
detected during cold start then the VUSB regulator will be enabled and powered on in the sequence, shown in Power Control  
System, and it will default, which is supplied by the UVBUS pin. If UVBUS is not detected at cold start then the VUSB will default  
to off. If UVBUS is detected later, the VUSB regulator will be automatically be enabled and supplied from the UVBUS pin.  
The VUSB regulator can be enabled independent of OTG or Host Mode by setting the VUSBEN SPI bit The VUSBEN SPI bit  
is initialized by at startup based on the PUMS2 configuration. With PUMS2 OPEN, the VUSBEN will default to a 1 on power up  
and will reset to a 1, when either RESETB is valid or VBUS is invalid. This allows the VUSBEN regulator to be enabled  
automatically if the VUSB regulator was disabled by software. With PUMS2 = GND the VUSBEN bit will be enabled in the power  
up sequence shown in Power Control System.  
Since UVBUS is shared with the charger input at the board level (see Battery Interface and Control), the UVBUS node must  
be able to withstand the same high voltages as the charger. In over-voltage conditions, the VUSB regulator is disabled. The  
following tables show the USB supplies.  
VUSB2 is implemented with an integrated PMOS pass FET and has a dedicated supply pin VINUSB2. The pin VINUSB2  
should always be connected to BP even in cases where the regulators are not used by the application.  
Table 100. VUSB2 Voltage Control  
Parameter  
Value  
00  
Function  
ILoad max  
50 mA  
VUSB2[1:0]  
output = 2.400 V  
output = 2.600 V  
output = 2.700 V  
output = 2.775 V  
01  
50 mA  
10  
50 mA  
11  
50 mA  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
112  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
CONNECTIVITY  
DETECTION COMPARATORS  
VBUS detection and qualification is accomplished with two comparators, detailed in Table 101. Comparator results are used  
to generate associated interrupts, and sense and masking bits are available through SPI (refer to SPI Bitmap). Comparator  
thresholds are specified for the minimum detect levels, and bits can be used in combination to qualify a VBUS window. Events  
are communicated via (INT pin) interrupts and managed through SPI registers to allow the application processor to turn off the  
PHY.  
As described in Battery Interface and Control, the battery charger system is designed to work with the USB system physical  
connector. The power input is then brought into an end product on the VBUS pin of the USB connector. For fault condition  
robustness, VBUS over-voltage protection is included to protect the system and flag an over-voltage situation to the processor  
via the USBOVI interrupt.  
Table 101. USB Detect Specifications  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Units  
VBUSValid Comparator trip level  
4.4  
4.65  
V
Including the USBI debounce  
Rising trip delay  
VBUSValid trip delay  
20  
8.0  
4.0  
24  
12  
ms  
ms  
V
Falling trip delay  
BVALID Comparator Threshold  
BVALID Trip Delay  
Rising and falling edge  
4.4  
Rising trip delay for turn on event  
Falling trip delay for turn on event  
20  
8.0  
40  
12  
ms  
Over-voltage Protection Level  
Rising and falling edge  
5.6  
6.0  
1.0  
V
Over-voltage Protection Disconnect Time  
s  
ID DETECTOR  
The ID detector is primarily used to determine if a mini-A or mini-B style plug has been inserted into a mini-AB style receptacle  
on the application. However, it is also supports two additional modes which are outside of the USB standards: a factory mode  
and a non-USB accessory mode. The state of the ID detection can be read via the SPI to poll dedicated sense bits for a floating,  
grounded, or factory mode condition on the UID pin. There are also dedicated maskable interrupts for each UID condition as well.  
The ID detector is based on an on-chip pull-up controlled by the IDPUCNTRL bit. If set high the pull-up is a current source, if  
set low it is a resistor. ID100KPU switches in an additional pull-up from VCORE to UID (independent of IDPUCNTRL). The UID  
voltage can be read out via the ADC channel ADIN7, see ADC Subsystem.  
The ID detector thresholds are listed in Table 102. Further interpretations of non-USB accessory detection may be made for  
custom vendor applications by evaluation of the ADIN7 conversion reading.  
Table 102. ID Detection Thresholds  
UID Pin External  
UID Pin Voltage  
IDFLOATS  
IDGNDS  
IDFACTORYS  
Accessory  
Connection  
0.18 * VCORE < UID  
< 0.77 * VCORE  
Non-USB accessory is attached (per CEA-  
936-A spec)  
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
Resistor to Ground  
0 < UID < 0.12 *  
VCORE  
A type plug (USB Default Slave) is  
attached (per CEA-936-A spec)  
Grounded  
0.89 * VCORE < UID  
< VCORE  
3.6V < UID (88)  
B type plug (USB Host, OTG default  
master or no device) is attached.  
Floating  
Voltage Applied  
Factory mode  
Notes  
88. UID maximum voltage is 5.25 V  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
113  
 
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
LIGHTING SYSTEM  
Table 103. USB OTG Specifications  
Parameter  
Condition  
Min  
40  
Typ  
-
Max  
100  
308  
5.25  
140  
Units  
k  
VBUS Input Impedance  
UID 220K Pull-up (89)  
UID Pull-up (89)  
As A_device  
IDPUCNTRL = 0, Resistor to VCORE  
IDPUCNTRL = 1, Current source from VCORE  
ID100KPU = 1, Resistor to VCORE  
132  
4.75  
60  
220  
5.0  
100  
k  
A  
UID Parallel Pull-up (89)  
k  
Notes  
89. Note that the UID Pull-ups are not mutually exclusive of each other; they are independently controlled by their enable bits and thus  
multiple pull-ups can be engaged simultaneously.  
LIGHTING SYSTEM  
The lighting system includes backlight drivers for main display, auxiliary display, and keypad. The backlight LEDs are  
configured in series. Three additional drivers are provided for RGB or general purpose signaling.  
BACKLIGHT DRIVERS  
The backlight drivers LEDMD, LEDAD and LEDKP are independent current sink channels. Each driver channel features  
programmable current levels via LEDx[2:0] as well as programmable PWM duty cycle settings with LEDxDC[5:0]. By a  
combination of level and PWM settings, the backlight intensity can be adjusted, or a soft start and dimming feature can be  
implemented. The on period of the serial LED backlight drivers will be adapted to take into account that the serial LED switcher  
startup time is longer than one half the minimum of the period of the backlight drivers.  
When applying a duty cycle of less than 100% the backlight drivers will be turned on and off at a repetition rate high enough  
to avoid flickering and or beat frequencies with the different types of displays. Also, to avoid high frequency spur coupling in the  
application, the switching edges of the output drivers are softened.  
The current level is programmable in a low range mode and in a high range mode through the LEDxHI bit. This facilitates the  
current setting, in case two or more serial LED strings are connected in parallel to the same driver or when using super bright  
LEDs.  
Table 104. Backlight Drivers Current Programming  
LEDx Current Level (mA)  
LEDx[2:0](90)  
LEDxHI = 0  
LEDxHI = 1  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
0
3
0
6
6
12  
18  
24  
30  
36  
42  
9
12  
15  
18  
21  
Notes  
90. “x Represents MD, AD and KP  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
114  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
LIGHTING SYSTEM  
Table 105. Backlight Drivers Duty Cycle Programming  
LEDxDC[5:0](91)  
000000  
Duty Cycle  
0/32, Off  
000001  
1/32  
010000  
16/32  
31/32  
011111  
100000 to 111111  
32/32, Continuously On  
Notes  
91. “x” represents MD, AD, or KP  
Ramp up and ramp down patterns are implemented in hardware to reduce the burden of real time software control via the SPI  
to orchestrate dimming and soft start lighting effects. Ramp patterns for each of the drivers is accessed with the corresponding  
LEDxRAMP bit.  
The ramp itself is generated by increasing or decreasing the PWM duty cycle with a 1/32 step every 1/64 seconds. The ramp  
time is therefore a function of the initial set PWM cycle and the final PWM cycle. As an example, starting from 0/32 and going to  
32/32 will take 500 ms, while going to from 8/32 to 16/32 takes 125 ms. Note that the ramp function is executed upon every  
change in PWM cycle setting when the corresponding LEDxRAMP = 1. If a PWM change is programmed via SPI when  
LEDxRAMP = 0, then the change is immediate rather than spread out over a PWM sweep.  
A maximum of only two backlight drivers can be activated at the same time, for instance, the main display plus keypad. If all  
three backlight drivers are enabled through the LEDxEN bits, meaning none of the duty cycles equals 0/32, then none of the  
drivers will be activated.  
If two backlight drivers are enabled, they time-share the external boost regulator output. The drivers will automatically be  
enabled and disabled in a 50/50 percent fashion at a sufficiently high rate. The LED drive current will automatically be doubled  
to the same luminosity as in a single backlight driver configuration.  
Figure 33 illustrates the time sharing principle. Assume the MD domain is represented by 6 series white LEDs, and the KP  
domain is represented by 3 ballasted stacks, that include 3 blue LEDs in each (a diagram of Serial LED configurations is included  
later in this chapter).  
One Driver  
Active  
Two Drivers  
Active  
External  
Boost  
LEDKP  
Current  
LEDMD  
Current  
LEDMD LEDKP LEDMD LEDKP  
LEDMD  
Active  
Active  
Active  
Active  
Active  
Figure 33. Backlight Drivers Time Sharing Example  
The “One Driver Active” case shows the general response when driving a single zone of 6 white LEDs. The “Two Drivers  
Active” case shows the LEDMD zone driven at twice the current for half the time.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
115  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
LIGHTING SYSTEM  
Table 106. Serial LED Driver Characteristics  
Parameter(92)  
Condition  
Low Range Mode  
High Range Mode  
Low Range Mode  
High Range Mode  
Min  
0.0  
0.0  
Typ  
Max  
15  
30  
Units  
mA  
Output Current Setting  
3.0  
6.0  
1/32  
256  
mA  
Current Programming Granularity  
PWM Granularity  
Repetition Rate  
Absolute Accuracy  
Matching  
Not blinking  
Hz  
%
%
S
15  
3.0  
At 400 mV, 21 mA  
Glow and Dimming Speed  
Per 1/32 duty cycle step  
1/64*  
Notes  
92. Equivalent to 500 ms ramp time when going from 0/32 to 32/32  
Figure 34 illustrates some possible configurations for the backlight driver. Note that when parallel strings are ganged together  
on a driver channel, ballasting resistance is recommended to help balance the currents in each leg.  
External  
Boost  
External  
Boost  
External  
Boost  
LEDMD  
LEDKP  
LEDMD  
LEDAD  
LEDMD  
LEDAD  
LEDKP  
6 LED Main Display  
3 LED Aux Display  
12 LED Keypad Arrangement  
2 LED Reduced Keypad Option  
6 LED Main Display  
9 LED Keypad  
6 LED Main Display  
Figure 34. Serial LED Configurations  
In the left most example in Figure 34: LEDMD is set at 15 mA (low range), LEDKP is set at 30 mA (high range). When both  
are operated, then the LEDMD current will pulse at 30 mA and the LEDKP current at 60 mA. This provides an average of 15 mA  
through the main display backlight LEDs and 30 mA through the keypad backlights LEDs.  
SIGNALING LED DRIVERS  
The signaling LED drivers LEDR, LEDG, LEDB are independent current sink channels. Each driver channel features  
programmable current levels via LEDx[2:0] as well as programmable PWM duty cycle settings with LEDxDC[5:0]. By a  
combination of both, the LED intensity can be adjusted. By driving LEDs of different colors, color mixing can be achieved.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
116  
Freescale Semiconductor  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
LIGHTING SYSTEM  
Table 107. Signaling LED Drivers Current Programming  
LEDx[2:0](93)  
LEDx Current Level (mA)  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
0.0  
3.0  
6.0  
9.0  
12  
15  
18  
21  
Notes  
93. “x” represents for R, G and B  
Table 108. Signaling LED Drivers Duty Cycle Programming  
LEDxDC[5:0](94)  
000000  
Duty Cycle  
0/32, Off  
1/32  
000001  
010000  
16/32  
011111  
1xxxxx  
31/32  
32/32, Continuously On  
Notes  
94. “x” represents R, G and B  
Blue LEDs or bright green LEDs require more headroom than red and normal green signal LEDs. In the application, a 5.0 V  
or equivalent supply rail is therefore required. This is provided by the integrated boost regulator SWBST. To make software  
programming easier, an LEDSWBSTEN SPI bit has been provided in the Blue LED register to enable the boost regulator. Note  
the enable for the boost regulator is an OR of the following SPI bits (SWBSTEN, USBSWBSTEN, and LEDSWBSTEN). For more  
details on the boost regulator and its control, see Supplies.  
As with the backlight driver channels, the signaling LED drivers include ramp up and ramp down patterns are implemented in  
hardware. Ramp patterns for each of the drivers is accessed with the corresponding LEDxRAMP bit.  
The ramp itself is generated by increasing or decreasing the PWM duty cycle with a 1/32 step every 1/64 seconds. The ramp  
time is therefore a function of the initial set PWM cycle and the final PWM cycle. As an example, starting from 0/32 and going to  
32/32 will take 500 ms while going to from 8/32 to 16/32 takes 125 ms.  
Note that the ramp function is executed upon every change in PWM cycle setting. If a PWM change is programmed via SPI  
when LEDxRAMP = 0, then the change is immediate rather than spread out over a PWM sweep.  
For color mixing and in order to guarantee a constant color, the color mixing should be obtained by the current level setting so  
that the intensity is set through the PWM duty cycle.  
In addition, programmable blink rates are provided. Blinking is obtained by lowering the PWM repetition rate of each of the  
drivers through LEDxPER[1:0], while the on period is determined by the duty cycle setting. To avoid high frequency spur coupling  
in the application, the switching edges of the output drivers are softened. During blinking, so LEDxPER[1:0] is not “00”, ramping  
and dimming patterns cannot be applied.  
Table 109. Signal LED Drivers Period Control  
LEDxPER[1:0]  
Repetition Rate  
Units  
00  
01  
10  
11  
1/256  
1/8  
1
s
s
s
s
2
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
117  
 
 
FUNCTIONAL DEVICE OPERATION  
LIGHTING SYSTEM  
Table 110. Signaling LED Driver Characteristics  
Parameter  
Absolute Accuracy  
Matching  
Condition  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
15  
Units  
%
At 400 mV, 21 mA  
10  
%
Leakage  
LEDxDC[5:0] = 000000  
1.0  
A  
Apart from using the signal LED drivers for driving LEDs they can also be used as general purpose open drain outputs for logic  
signaling or as generic PWM generator outputs. For the maximum voltage ratings.  
the enable for the boost regulator is an OR of the following SPI bits (SWBSTEN, USBSWBSTEN, and LEDSWBSTEN). For  
more details on the boost regulator and its control, see Supplies.  
As with the backlight driver channels, the signaling LED drivers include ramp up and ramp down patterns are implemented in  
hardware. Ramp patterns for each of the drivers is accessed with the corresponding LEDxRAMP bit.  
The ramp itself is generated by increasing or decreasing the PWM duty cycle with a 1/32 step every 1/64 seconds. The ramp  
time is therefore a function of the initial set PWM cycle and the final PWM cycle. As an example, starting from 0/32 and going to  
32/32 will take 500 ms while going to from 8/32 to 16/32 takes 125 ms.  
Note that the ramp function is executed upon every change in PWM cycle setting. If a PWM change is programmed via SPI  
when LEDxRAMP = 0, then the change is immediate rather than spread out over a PWM sweep.  
For color mixing and in order to guarantee a constant color, the color mixing should be obtained by the current level setting so  
that the intensity is set through the PWM duty cycle.  
In addition, programmable blink rates are provided. Blinking is obtained by lowering the PWM repetition rate of each of the  
drivers through LEDxPER[1:0], while the on period is determined by the duty cycle setting. To avoid high frequency spur coupling  
in the application, the switching edges of the output drivers are softened. During blinking, so LEDxPER[1:0] is not “00”, ramping  
and dimming patterns cannot be applied.  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
118  
Freescale Semiconductor  
SPI BITMAP  
The complete SPI bitmap is given in Table 111 with one register per row for a general overview. A color coding is applied which indicates the type of reset for the  
bits.  
Table 111. SPI Bitmap  
MC13892 Bitmap  
Color Coding:  
Bits Reset by RESETB Bits Reset by RTCPORB  
Bits Reset by OFFB  
Bits Without Reset  
Bits Reloaded at Cold Start  
Reserved Bits  
Not Available Bits  
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Register R/W  
Label R/T  
Register  
Address 5:0  
Null  
Data[23:16]  
Data[15:7]  
Data[7:0]  
Interrupt  
R/W  
Reserve  
d
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved  
CHGRGSE1BI IDGNDI IDFLOATI Reserved Reserved BVALIDI Reserved LOBATHI LOBATLI  
BPONI  
CHGCURRI CCCVI CHGSHORTI CHGREVI CHGFAULTI CHGDETI USBOVI IDFACTORYI VBUSVALIDI  
TSI  
ADCBISDONEI ADCDONEI  
ADCBISDONEM ADCDONEM  
Status 0  
Interrupt  
R/W  
Reserve  
d
Reserved CHGRGSE1BM IDGNDM IDFLOATM Reserved Reserved BVALIDM Reserved LOBATHM LOBATLM  
BPONM CHGCURRM CCCVM CHGSHORTM CHGREVM CHGFAULTM CHGDETM USBOVM IDFACTORYM VBUSVALIDM  
TSM  
Mask 0  
Interrupt  
R
Reserve  
d
2
Reserved  
Reserved  
IDGNDS IDFLOATS Reserved Reserved BVALIDS Reserved LOBATHS LOBATLS  
BPONS CHGCURRS CCCVS  
CHGFAULTS[1:0]  
CHGENS CHGDETS USBOVS IDFACTORYS VBUSVALIDS  
Sense 0  
Interrupt  
R/W  
3
Spare BATTDETBI  
Spare BATTDETBIM  
Spare BATTDETBS  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
SCPI  
Spare  
Spare  
Spare  
CLKI  
THWARNHI THWARNLI  
LPBI  
LPBM  
LPBS  
MEMHLDI  
WARMI  
PCI  
RTCRSTI SYSRSTI WDIRESTI PWRON2I  
RTCRSTM SYSRSTM WDIRESTM PWRON2M  
PWRON2S  
PWRON1I  
PWRON1M  
PWRON1S  
PWRON3I  
PWRON3M  
PWRON3S  
TODAI  
1HZI  
Status 1  
Interrupt  
R/W  
4
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved SCPM  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
CLKM THWARNHM THWARNLM  
CLKS THWARNHS THWARNLS  
MEMHLDM WARMM  
PCM  
TODAM  
1HZM  
Mask 1  
Interrupt  
R
5
Sense 1  
Power Up  
CHRGSE1B  
S
6
Mode  
Sense  
R
R
Spare  
Spare  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Spare  
Spare  
Reserved  
Spare  
CHRGSSS Reserved Reserved Reserved  
PUMS2S[1:0]  
PUMS1S[1:0]  
MODES[1:0]  
Identificatio  
n
7
ICIDCODE[5:0]  
CCOUT[15:0]  
FAB[1:0]  
FIN[1:0]  
ICID[2:0]  
REV[4:0]  
8
Unused R/W  
Unused R/W  
Unused R/W  
Unused R/W  
Unused R/W  
9
CCFAULT Reserved Reserved  
ONEC[14:0]  
CCCALA  
CCCALDB  
CCDITHER  
RSTCC  
STARTCC  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
Power  
R/W  
COINCH  
EN  
BATTDETE  
N
CLK32KMC USEROFFC  
VCOIN[2:0]  
Reserved  
BPSNS[1:0]  
PCUTEXPB  
THSEL GLBRSTENB  
DRM  
USEROFFSPI  
PCT[7:0]  
WARMEN  
PCCOUNTEN  
PCEN  
Control 0  
UEN  
LK  
Power  
R/W  
PCMAXCNT[3:0]  
PCCOUNT[3:0]  
Control 1  
Table 111. SPI Bitmap  
MC13892 Bitmap  
Color Coding:  
Bits Reset by RESETB Bits Reset by RTCPORB  
Bits Reset by OFFB  
Bits Without Reset  
Bits Reloaded at Cold Start  
Reserved Bits  
Not Available Bits  
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Power  
Control 2  
STANDBYSE STANDBYP  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
R/W  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
STBYDLY[1:0]  
Reserved  
Reserved Reserved  
CLKDRV[1:0]  
Reserved Reserved  
SPIDRV[1:0]  
WDIRESET  
PWRON3DBNC[1:0]  
PWRON2DBNC[1:0]  
PWRON1BDBNC[1:0] PWRON3RSTENPWRON2RSTENPWRON1RSTEN RESTARTEN  
CINV  
RIINV  
Unused R/W  
Unused R/W  
Memory A R/W  
Memory B R/W  
RTC Time R/W  
MEMA[23:0]  
MEMB[23:0]  
RTCCALMODE[1:0]  
RTCDIS  
RTCCAL[4:0]  
Spare  
TOD[16:0]  
21 RTC Alarm R/W  
TODA[16:0]  
22  
23  
RTC Day R/W  
DAY[14:0]  
RTC Day  
R/W  
DAYA[14:0]  
Alarm  
24 Switchers 0R/W  
SW1HI  
SW1SIDMIN[3:0]  
SW2SIDMIN[3:0]  
SW1SIDMAX[3:0]  
SW1STBY[4:0]  
SW2STBY[4:0]  
SW3STBY[4:0]  
SW4STBY[4:0]  
SW1DVS[4:0]  
SW2DVS[4:0]  
Spare  
SW1[4:0]  
SW2[4:0]  
SW3[4:0]  
25  
Unused R/W  
SW2HI  
SW2SIDMAX[3:0]  
26 Switchers 2R/W  
SW3HI Reserved  
SW4HI  
27  
Unused R/W  
Spare  
SW4[4:0]  
Reserve  
SWILIMB  
d
SW2UOM SW2MHMI  
ODE  
SW1UOMO  
DE  
28 Switchers 4R/W  
PLLX[2:0]  
PLLEN SW2DVSSPEED[1:0]  
SW2MODE[3:0]  
Reserved  
SIDEN  
SW1DVSSPEED[1:0]  
SW1MHMIDE  
SW3MHMIDE  
SW1MODE[3:0]  
SW3MODE[3:0]  
DE  
SW4UOMOD  
E
SW3UOMO  
DE  
29 Switchers 5R/W  
Regulator  
SWBSTEN  
SW4MHMIDE  
SW4MODE[3:0]  
30  
31  
32  
33  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Spare  
VCAM[2:0]  
VGEN3  
VUSB2[1:0]  
VPLL[1:0]  
VGEN[2:0]  
VSD[2:0]  
VDIG[1:0]  
VGEN[1:0]  
Reserved  
Setting 0  
Regulator  
Setting 1  
VAUDIO[1:0]  
VVIDEO[1:0]  
Regulator  
Mode 0  
VGEN2M  
ODE  
Spare VUSB2STBYVUSB2EN Spare VPLLSTBY VPLLEN  
VGEN2STBY VGEN2EN  
Spare  
VDIGSTBY VDIGEN  
Spare  
VIOHISTBY  
VIOHIEN  
VGEN1MODE VGEN1STBY  
VGEN1EN  
VGEN3EN  
REGSCPEN  
Regulator  
Mode 1  
VAUDIOST VAUDIOE VVIDEOM  
VCAMCONFI VCAMMOD  
VSDMODE VSDSTBY VSDEN  
Spare  
Spare  
VVIDEOSTBY VVIDEOEN Reserved  
VCAMSTBY VCAMEN  
Spare  
Reserved VGEN3CONFIG VGEN3MODE  
VGEN3TBY  
BY  
N
ODE  
G
E
Power  
34 Miscellane R/W  
ous  
PWGT2SPI PWGT1S  
EN PIEN  
GPO4ADIN  
GPO4STBY GPO4EN GPO3STBY GPO3EN GPO2STBY GPO2EN GPO1STBY GPO1EN  
Table 111. SPI Bitmap  
MC13892 Bitmap  
Color Coding:  
Bits Reset by RESETB Bits Reset by RTCPORB  
Bits Reset by OFFB  
Bits Without Reset  
Bits Reloaded at Cold Start  
Reserved Bits  
Not Available Bits  
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
35  
Unused R/W  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
36 Audio Rx 0 R/W  
37 Audio Rx 1 R/W  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
Audio Tx R/W  
SSI  
R/W  
Network  
Audio  
R/W  
Codec  
Audio  
Stereo R/W  
DAC  
Unused R/W  
ADC 0 R/W  
ADC 1 R/W  
ADCBIS  
0
CHRGRA  
WDIV  
Spare  
ATOX  
ADINC2 ADINC1  
TSMOD[2:0]  
Reserved TSREFEN ADIN7DIV ADRESET  
ADIN7SEL[1:0]  
BUFFEN  
ADSEL  
BATICON  
ADCCAL  
CHRGICON LICELLCON  
ADCBIS  
1
ADONESHOT ADTRIGIGN  
ASC  
ATO[7:0]  
ADA2[2:0]  
ADA1[2:0]  
ADD1[9:0]  
TRIGMASK  
RAND  
Spare  
ADEN  
Spare  
ADC 2  
R
ADD2[9:0]  
Spare  
Spare  
Reserve  
d
ADC 3 R/W  
ICID[2:0]  
ADC 4  
R
ADDBIS2[9:0]  
Spare  
Spare  
Spare  
ADDBIS1[9:0]  
Spare  
VCHRG[2:0]  
Reserved  
Spare  
CHGAUT  
OVIB  
CHRGRESTCHGTMRRS CHRGLE  
Charger 0 R/W  
USB 0 R/W  
CYCLB  
CHGAUTOB  
Reserved  
PLIMDIS  
PLIM[1:0]  
RVRSMODE  
FETCTRL FETOVRD THCHKB  
ACLPB  
TREN  
ICHRG[3:0]  
ART  
T
DEN  
Reserve  
d
IDPUCNTRL  
Reserved Reserved  
Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Spare  
Reserved Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved Reserved  
Spare  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
VUSBEN  
Reserved  
Reserved  
VUSBIN  
Spare  
Charger  
R/W  
OTGSWBS  
Spare  
Spare  
Reserved  
Reserved  
LEDADHI  
Spare  
Reserved  
TEN  
Reserved ID100KPU Reserved Reserved  
USB 1  
LED  
R/W  
LEDADRA  
MP  
LEDAD[2:0]  
LEDADDC[5:0]  
LEDMD[2:0]  
LEDKP[2:0]  
LEDR[2:0]  
LEDB[2:0]  
LEDMDDC[5:0]  
LEDKPDC[5:0]  
LEDRDC[5:0]  
LEDBDC[5:0]  
LEDMDRAMP  
LEKPDRAMP  
LDEDRRAMP  
LDEDBRAMP  
LEDMDHI  
LEDKPHI  
Control 0  
LED  
R/W  
Spare  
Spare  
Spare  
Control 1  
LED  
R/W  
LDEDGRA  
MP  
LEDG[2:0]  
LEDGDC[5:0]  
LEDGPER[1:0]  
LEDRPER[1:0]  
Control 2  
LED  
R/W  
LEDSWBSTE  
N
Spare  
Spare  
LEDBPER[1:0]  
Control 3  
Table 111. SPI Bitmap  
MC13892 Bitmap  
Color Coding:  
Bits Reset by RESETB Bits Reset by RTCPORB  
Bits Reset by OFFB  
Bits Without Reset  
Bits Reloaded at Cold Start  
Reserved Bits  
Not Available Bits  
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
Unused R/W  
Unused R/W  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FSL Use  
R/W  
Only  
FSL Use  
R/W  
Only  
FSL Use  
R/W  
Only  
FSL Use  
R/W  
Only  
FSL Use  
R/W  
Only  
FSL Use  
R/W  
Only  
FSL Use  
R/W  
Only  
SPI BITMAP  
The 24 bit wide registers are numbered from 0 to 63, and are referenced throughout this document by register number, or  
representative name as given in the corresponding captions. The contents of all registers are given in the tables defined in this  
chapter; each table includes the following information:  
Name: Name of the bit. Spare bits are implemented in the design for future use, but are not assigned. Unused bits are not  
available in the design. Reserved bits are not implemented in the design, but are used on other PMICs.  
Bit #: The bit location in the register (0-23)  
R/W: Read / Write access and control  
• R is read access  
• W is write access  
• R/W is read and write access  
• RW1C is read and write access with write 1 to clear  
• RWM is read and write access while the device can modify the bit  
Reset: Resetting signal  
• RESETB, which is the same signal as the RESETB pin (so bit is held in reset as long as RESETB is low)  
• RTCPORB which is the reset signal of the RTC module (so bit is no longer held in reset once RTC power is good)  
• OFFB which is an internal signal generated when transitioning into the Off state  
• NONE. There is no reset signal for hardwired bits nor for the bits of which the state is determined by the power up mode  
settings  
Default: The value after reset as noted in the Default column of the SPI map.  
• Fixed defaults are explicitly declared as 0 or 1.  
• * corresponds to Read / Write bits that are initialized at startup based on power up mode settings (board level pin  
connections) validated at the beginning of Cold or Warm Start. Bits are subsequently SPI modifiable.  
• S corresponds to Read only sense bits that continuously monitor an input signal (sense signal is not latched).  
• L corresponds to Read only sense bits that are latched at startup.  
• X indicates that the state does not have an explicitly defined default value which can be specified. For instance, some bits  
default to a value which is dependent on the version of the IC.  
Description: A short description of the bit function, in some cases additional information is included  
The following tables are intended to give a summarized overview, for details on the bit description, see the individual chapters.  
Table 112. Register 0, Interrupt Status 0  
Name  
ADCDONEI  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ADC has finished requested conversions  
ADCBIS has finished requested conversions  
Touch screen wake-up  
ADCBISDONEI  
TSI  
2
VBUSVALIDI  
IDFACTORYI  
USBOVI  
3
VBUSVALID detect  
4
RESETB  
RTCPORB  
OFFB  
ID factory mode detect  
5
USB over-voltage detection  
Charger attach  
CHGDETI  
CHGFAULTI  
CHGREVI  
CHGSHORTI  
CCCVI  
6
7
RTCPORB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
Charger fault detection  
8
Charger path reverse current  
Charger path short circuit  
Charger path CC / CV transition detect  
Charge current below threshold warning  
BP turn on threshold  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
CHGCURRI  
BPONI  
LOBATLI  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Low battery low threshold warning  
Low battery high threshold warning  
For future use  
LOBATHI  
Reserved  
BVALIDI  
RW1C  
R
OFFB  
USB B-session valid interrupt  
For future use  
Reserved  
Reserved  
IDFLOATI  
IDGNDI  
R
For future use  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RESETB  
RESETB  
USB ID float detect  
USB ID ground detect  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
123  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 112. Register 0, Interrupt Status 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
CHRGSE1BI  
Reserved  
21  
22  
23  
RW1C  
RESETB  
0
0
0
Wall Charger detect  
For future use  
R
R
Reserved  
For future use  
Table 113. Register 1, Interrupt Mask 0  
Name  
ADCDONEM  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ADCDONEI mask bit  
ADCBISDONEI mask bit  
TSI mask bit  
ADCBISDONEM  
TSM  
2
VBUSVALIDM  
IDFACTORYM  
USBOVM  
3
VBUSVALIDI mask bit  
ID factory mask bit  
USBOVI mask bit  
CHGDETI mask bit  
CHGFAULTI mask bit  
CHGREVI mask bit  
CHGSHORTI mask bit  
CCCV mask bit  
4
RESETB  
RTCPORB  
OFFB  
5
CHGDETM  
CHGFAULTM  
CHGREVM  
CHGSHORTM  
CCCVM  
6
7
RTCPORB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
CHGCURRM  
BPONM  
CHGCURRI mask bit  
BPONI mask bit  
LOBATLM  
LOBATHM  
Reserved  
RESETB  
RESETB  
LOBATLI mask bit  
LOBATHI mask bit  
For future use  
BVALIDM  
R/W  
R
OFFB  
BVALIDI mask bit  
For future use  
Reserved  
Reserved  
R
For future use  
IDFLOATM  
IDGNDM  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
IDFLOATI mask bit  
IDGNDI mask bit  
Wall Charger mask bit  
For future use  
CHRGSE1BM  
Reserved  
Reserved  
R
For future use  
Table 114. Register 2, Interrupt Sense 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
Not available  
Not available  
2
0
Not available  
VBUSVALIDS  
IDFACTORYS  
USBOVS  
3
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
S
S
S
S
0
VBUSVALIDI sense bit  
ID factory sense bit  
USBOVI sense bit  
CHGDETI sense bit  
Charger enable sense bit  
CHGREVI sense bit  
CHRGFAULT sense bit 0  
CHRGFAULT sense bit 1  
CHGCURRI sense bit  
BPONI sense bit  
4
5
CHGDETS  
CHGENS  
6
7
CHGFAULTS0  
CHGFAULTS1  
CCCVS  
8
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
CHGCURRS  
BPONS  
LOBATLS  
LOBATLI sense bit  
LOBATHI sense bit  
LOBATHS  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
124  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 114. Register 2, Interrupt Sense 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Reserved  
BVALIDS  
15  
16  
R
R
0
For future use  
NONE  
S
USB B-session valid sense  
Reserved  
Reserved  
IDFLOATS  
IDGNDS  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
S
S
0
0
0
For future use  
For future use  
NONE  
NONE  
ID float sense bit  
ID ground sense bit  
For future use  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
For future use  
For future use  
Table 115. Register 3, Interrupt Status 1  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
1HZI  
0
1
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RW1C  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
OFFB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1.0 Hz time tick  
TODAI  
Time of day alarm  
PWRON3I  
PWRON1I  
PWRON2I  
WDIRESETI  
SYSRSTI  
RTCRSTI  
PCI  
2
PWRON3 event  
3
OFFB  
PWRON1 event  
4
OFFB  
PWRON2 event  
5
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
OFFB  
WDI system reset event  
PWRON system reset event  
RTC reset event  
6
7
8
Power cut event  
WARMI  
9
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Warm start event  
MEMHLDI  
LPBI  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Memory hold event  
Low-power USB boot detection  
Thermal warning low threshold  
Thermal warning high threshold  
Clock source change  
For future use  
THWARNLI  
THWARNHI  
CLKI  
Spare  
SCPI  
Short-circuit protection trip detection  
For future use  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
R
For future use  
R
For future use  
R
For future use  
R
Not available  
BATTDETBI  
Spare  
RW1C  
RW1C  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Battery removal detect  
For future use  
Table 116. Register 4, Interrupt Mask 1  
Name  
1HZM  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
OFFB  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1HZI mask bit  
TODAM  
TODAI mask bit  
PWRON3M  
PWRON1M  
PWRON2M  
WDIRESETM  
SYSRSTM  
RTCRSTM  
PCM  
PWRON3 mask bit  
PWRON1 mask bit  
PWRON2 mask bit  
WDIRESETI mask bit  
SYSRSTI mask bit  
RTCRSTI mask bit  
PCI mask bit  
OFFB  
OFFB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
OFFB  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
125  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 116. Register 4, Interrupt Mask 1  
Name  
WARMM  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
9
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
WARMI mask bit  
MEMHLDM  
LPBM  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
MEMHLDI mask bit  
Low-power USB detect mask bit  
THWARNLI mask bit  
THWARNHI mask bit  
CLKI mask bit  
THWARNLM  
THWARNHM  
CLKM  
Spare  
For future use  
SCPM  
Short-circuit protection trip mask bit  
For future use  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
R
For future use  
R
For future use  
R
For future use  
R
Not available  
BATTDETBM  
Spare  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Battery detect removal mask bit  
For future use  
Table 117. Register 5, Interrupt Sense 1  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Unused  
Unused  
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
S
S
S
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S
S
S
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
S
0
Not available  
Not available  
PWRON3S  
PWRON1S  
PWRON2S  
Unused  
2
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
PWRON3I sense bit  
PWRON1I sense bit  
PWRON2I sense bit  
Not available  
3
4
5
Unused  
6
Not available  
Unused  
7
Not available  
Unused  
8
Not available  
Unused  
9
Not available  
Unused  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Not available  
LPBS  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
Low-power USB boot sense bit  
THWARNLI sense bit  
THWARNHI sense bit  
CLKI sense bit  
THWARNLS  
THWARNHS  
CLKS  
Spare  
For future use  
Unused  
Not available  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
For future use  
For future use  
For future use  
For future use  
Not available  
BATTDETBS  
Spare  
NONE  
NONE  
Battery removal detect sense bit  
For future use  
Table 118. Register 6, Power Up Mode Sense  
Name  
MODES0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R
R
NONE  
NONE  
S
S
MODE sense decode  
IMODES1  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
126  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 118. Register 6, Power Up Mode Sense  
Name  
PUMS1S0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
2
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
L
L
L
L
0
0
0
L
S
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PUMS1 state  
PUMS2 state  
PUMS1S1  
PUMS2S0  
PUMS2S1  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CHRGSSS (1)  
CHRGSE1BS  
Unused  
3
4
5
6
For future use  
For future use  
For future use  
7
8
9
NONE  
NONE  
Charger Serial/Single mode sense  
CHRGSE1BS sense bit  
Not available  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Spare  
NONE  
For future use  
Unused  
Not available  
Reserved  
Unused  
For future use  
Not available  
Unused  
Not available  
Unused  
Not available  
Spare  
NONE  
NONE  
For future use  
Spare  
For future use  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Spare  
For future use  
For future use  
NONE  
NONE  
For future use  
Spare  
For future use  
Notes  
95. CHRGSSS will latch an updated sense value when the charger is enabled.  
Table 119. Register 7, Identification  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
REV0  
REV1  
REV2  
REV3  
REV4  
Unused  
ICID0  
ICID1  
ICID2  
FIN0  
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
X
X
X
X
X
0
1
1
1
X
X
X
X
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
Revision  
3
4
5
Not available  
Generation ID  
6
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
7
8
9
MC13892 fin version  
MC13892 fab identifier  
FIN1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
FAB0  
FAB1  
ICIDCODE0  
ICIDCODE1  
ICIDCODE2  
ICIDCODE3  
ICIDCODE4  
ICIDCODE5  
Unused  
IC ID Within generation  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Unused  
Unused  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
127  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 119. Register 7, Identification  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Unused  
Unused  
22  
23  
R
R
0
0
Not available  
Not available  
Table 120. Register 8, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Not available  
23-0  
R
0
Table 121. Register 9, ACC 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
STARTCC  
RSTCC  
0
1
R/W  
RWC  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 = Run, 0=Stop  
1 = Reset, self clearing  
CCDITHER  
CCCALDB  
CCCALA  
Reserved  
Reserved  
CCFAULT  
CCOUT0  
CCOUT1  
CCOUT2  
CCOUT3  
CCOUT4  
CCOUT5  
CCOUT6  
CCOUT7  
CCOUT8  
CCOUT9  
CCOUT10  
CCOUT11  
CCOUT12  
CCOUT13  
CCOUT14  
CCOUT15  
2
1 = ACC Dithering enabled, 0=ACC Dithering disabled  
1 = Disable Digital Offset Cancellation  
1 = Enable Analog Offset Calibration Mode  
Reserved for future use for scaler  
3
4
5
6
R
Reserved for future use (for scaler)  
7
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
1 = CCOUT contents no longer valid  
8
9
R
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R
R
R
R
R
R
Coulomb Counter  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
128  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 122. Register 10, ACC 1  
Name  
ONEC0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ONEC1  
ONEC2  
ONEC3  
ONEC4  
ONEC5  
ONEC6  
ONEC7  
ONEC8  
ONEC9  
ONEC10  
ONEC11  
ONEC12  
ONEC13  
ONEC14  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
2
3
4
5
6
7
Accumulated Current Counter output  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Table 123. Register 11, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Not available  
23-0  
R
0
Table 124. Register 12, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 125. Register 13, Power Control 0  
Name  
PCEN  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Power cut enable  
PCCOUNTEN  
WARMEN  
Power cut counter enable  
Warm start enable  
USEROFFSPI  
DRM  
SPI command for entering user off modes  
Keeps VSRTC and CLK32KMCU on for all states  
Keeps the CLK32KMCU active during user off  
Enables the CLK32KMCU  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
USEROFFCLK  
CLK32KMCUEN  
GLBRSTENB(96)  
7
8
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RESETB  
0
0
Global Reset Function enabled on the PWRON3 pin  
Thermal protection threshold select  
THSEL  
PCUTEXPB=1 at a startup event indicates that PCUT timer did  
not expire (assuming it was set to 1 after booting)  
PCUTEXPB  
9
RWM  
RTCPORB  
0
Unused  
Unused  
10  
11  
R
R
0
0
Not available  
Not available  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
129  
 
SPI BITMAP  
Table 125. Register 13, Power Control 0  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
BPSNS0  
BPSNS1  
Reserved  
BATTDETEN  
VCOIN0  
VCOIN1  
VCOIN2  
COINCHEN  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
For future use  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
Enables battery detect function  
Coin cell charger voltage setting  
Coin cell charger enable  
Notes  
96. MC13892A/C versions global reset is active low (GLBRSTENB = 0)  
MC13892B/D versions global reset is active high (GLBRSTENB = 1)  
Table 126. Register 14, Power Control 1  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
PCT0  
PCT1  
PCT2  
PCT3  
PCT4  
PCT5  
PCT6  
PCT7  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
Power cut timer  
4
5
6
7
PCCOUNT0  
PCCOUNT1  
PCCOUNT2  
PCCOUNT3  
PCMAXCNT0  
PCMAXCNT1  
PCMAXCNT2  
PCMAXCNT3  
Unused  
8
9
Power cut counter  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Maximum allowed number of power cuts  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Table 127. Register 15, Power Control 2  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
RESTARTEN  
0
1
2
3
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
0
0
Enables automatic restart after a system reset  
Enables system reset on PWRON1 pin  
Enables system reset on PWRON2 pin  
Enables system reset on PWRON3 pin  
PWRON1RSTEN  
PWRON2RSTEN  
PWRON3RSTEN  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
130  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 127. Register 15, Power Control 2  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
PWRON1DBNC0  
PWRON1DBNC1  
PWRON2DBNC0  
PWRON2DBNC1  
PWRON3DBNC0  
PWRON3DBNC1  
STANDBYINV  
STANDBYSECINV  
WDIRESET  
4
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
Sets debounce time on PWRON1 pin  
5
6
Sets debounce time on PWRON2 pin  
7
8
Sets debounce time on PWRON3 pin  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
If set then STANDBY is interpreted as active low  
If set then STANDBYSEC is interpreted as active low  
Enables system reset through WDI  
SPIDRV0  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
SPI drive strength  
SPIDRV1  
Reserved  
For future use  
Reserved  
R
CLK32KDRV0  
CLK32KDRV1  
Reserved  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
CLK32K and CLK32KMCU drive strength (master control bits)  
Reserved  
R
For future use  
Reserved  
R
STBYDLY0  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Standby delay control  
STBYDLY1  
Table 128. Register 16, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 129. Register 17, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
131  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 130. Register 18, Memory A  
Name  
MEMA0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
MEMA1  
MEMA2  
MEMA3  
MEMA4  
MEMA5  
MEMA6  
MEMA7  
MEMA8  
MEMA9  
MEMA10  
MEMA11  
MEMA12  
MEMA13  
MEMA14  
MEMA15  
MEMA16  
MEMA17  
MEMA18  
MEMA19  
MEMA20  
MEMA21  
MEMA22  
MEMA23  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Backup memory A  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
132  
Freescale Semiconductor  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 131. Register 19, Memory B  
Name  
MEMB0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
MEMB1  
MEMB2  
MEMB3  
MEMB4  
MEMB5  
MEMB6  
MEMB7  
MEMB8  
MEMB9  
MEMB10  
MEMB11  
MEMB12  
MEMB13  
MEMB14  
MEMB15  
MEMB16  
MEMB17  
MEMB18  
MEMB19  
MEMB20  
MEMB21  
MEMB22  
MEMB23  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Backup memory B  
Table 132. Register 20, RTC Time  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
TOD0  
TOD1  
TOD2  
TOD3  
TOD4  
TOD5  
TOD6  
TOD7  
TOD8  
TOD9  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Time of day counter  
9
TOD10  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
TOD11  
TOD12  
TOD13  
TOD14  
TOD15  
TOD16  
RTCCAL0  
RTCCAL1  
RTCCAL2  
RTCCAL3  
RTCCAL4  
RTC calibration count  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
133  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 132. Register 20, RTC Time  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Description  
RTCCALMODE0  
RTCCALMODE1  
22  
23  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
RTC calibration mode  
Table 133. Register 21, RTC Alarm  
Name  
TODA0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TODA1  
TODA2  
TODA3  
TODA4  
TODA5  
TODA6  
TODA7  
TODA8  
TODA9  
TODA10  
TODA11  
TODA12  
TODA13  
TODA14  
TODA15  
TODA16  
Spare  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Time of day alarm  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Spare  
Spare  
For future use  
Disable RTC  
Spare  
Spare  
Spare  
RTCDIS  
Table 134. Register 22, RTC Day  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
DAY0  
DAY1  
DAY2  
DAY3  
DAY4  
DAY5  
DAY6  
DAY7  
DAY8  
DAY9  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
Day counter  
8
9
DAY10  
DAY11  
DAY12  
DAY13  
DAY14  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
134  
Freescale Semiconductor  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 134. Register 22, RTC Day  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Not available  
Table 135. Register 23, RTC Day Alarm  
Name  
DAYA0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
RTCPORB  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DAYA1  
DAYA2  
DAYA3  
DAYA4  
DAYA5  
DAYA6  
DAYA7  
DAYA8  
DAYA9  
DAYA10  
DAYA11  
DAYA12  
DAYA13  
DAYA14  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
2
3
4
5
6
7
Day alarm  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R
R
R
R
Not available  
R
R
R
R
Table 136. Register 24, Switchers 0  
Name  
SW10  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
2
3
4
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
*
*
*
*
*
SW11  
SW12  
SW13  
SW14  
SW1 setting in normal mode  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
135  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 136. Register 24, Switchers 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
SW1DVS0  
5
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
NONE  
NONE  
*
*
SW1DVS1  
6
SW1DVS2  
7
NONE  
*
SW1 setting in DVS mode  
SW1DVS3  
8
NONE  
*
SW1DVS4  
9
NONE  
*
SW1STBY0  
SW1STBY1  
SW1STBY2  
SW1STBY3  
SW1STBY4  
SW1SIDMAX0  
SW1SIDMAX1  
SW1SIDMAX2  
SW1SIDMAX3  
SW1SIDMIN0  
SW1SIDMIN1  
SW1SIDMIN2  
SW1SIDMIN3  
SW1HI  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
NONE  
*
NONE  
*
NONE  
*
SW1 setting in Standby mode  
SW1 SID mode maximum level  
NONE  
*
NONE  
*
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
NONE  
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
*
SW1 SID mode minimum level (leading 0 implied)  
SW1 output range selection  
Table 137. Register 25, Switchers 1  
Name  
SW20  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
NONE  
NONE  
*
*
SW21  
SW22  
2
NONE  
*
SW2 setting in normal mode  
SW23  
3
NONE  
*
SW24  
4
NONE  
*
SW2DVS0  
SW2DVS1  
SW2DVS2  
SW2DVS3  
SW2DVS4  
SW2STBY0  
SW2STBY1  
SW2STBY2  
SW2STBY3  
SW2STBY4  
SW2SIDMAX0  
SW2SIDMAX1  
SW2SIDMAX2  
SW2SIDMAX3  
SW2SIDMIN0  
SW2SIDMIN1  
SW2SIDMIN2  
SW2SIDMIN3  
SW2HI  
5
NONE  
*
6
NONE  
*
7
NONE  
*
SW2 setting in DVS mode  
8
NONE  
*
9
NONE  
*
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
NONE  
*
NONE  
*
NONE  
*
SW2 setting in Standby mode  
SW2 SID mode maximum level  
NONE  
*
NONE  
*
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
NONE  
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
1
*
SW2 SID mode minimum level (leading 0 implied)  
SW2 output range selection  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
136  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 138. Register 26, Switchers 2  
Name  
SW30  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
*
*
SW31  
SW32  
2
*
SW3 setting in normal mode  
SW33  
3
*
SW34  
4
*
Spare  
5
*
Spare  
6
*
Spare  
7
*
For future use  
Spare  
8
*
Spare  
9
*
SW3STBY0  
SW3STBY1  
SW3STBY2  
SW3STBY3  
SW3STBY4  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Reserved  
SW3HI  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
*
*
*
SW3 setting in Standby mode  
*
*
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
*
R
R
R
Not available  
R
R
R
R
For future use  
R/W  
NONE  
SW3 output range selection  
Table 139. Register 27, Switchers 3  
Name  
SW40  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
SW41  
SW42  
2
SW4 setting in normal mode  
SW43  
3
SW44  
4
Spare  
5
Spare  
6
Spare  
7
For future use  
Spare  
8
Spare  
9
SW4STBY0  
SW4STBY1  
SW4STBY2  
SW4STBY3  
SW4STBY4  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
SW4 setting in Standby mode  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
137  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 139. Register 27, Switchers 3  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
*
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
SW4HI  
R
R
Not available  
R
R
R
R
R/W  
NONE  
SW4 output range selection  
Table 140. Register 28, Switchers 4  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
SW1MODE0  
SW1MODE1  
SW1MODE2  
SW1MODE3  
SW1MHMODE  
SW1UOMODE  
SW1DVSSPEED0  
SW1DVSSPEED1  
SIDEN  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
SW1 operating mode  
2
3
4
SW1 Memory Hold mode  
SW1 User Off mode  
5
OFFB  
6
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
SW1 DVS speed setting  
7
8
SID mode enable  
For future use  
Reserved  
9
SW2MODE0  
SW2MODE1  
SW2MODE2  
SW2MODE3  
SW2MHMODE  
SW2UOMODE  
SW2DVSSPEED0  
SW2DVSSPEED1  
PLLEN  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
SW2 operating mode  
SW2 Memory Hold mode  
SW2 User Off mode  
OFFB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
SW2 DVS speed setting  
Switcher PLL enable  
PLLX0  
PLLX1  
Switcher PLL multiplication factor  
PLLX2  
SWILIMB  
Switcher current limit disable  
For future use  
Reserved  
Notes  
97. SWxMODE[3:0] bits will be reset to their default values by the startup sequencer based on PUMS settings. An enabled switcher will  
default to PWM mode (no pulse skipping) for both Normal and Standby operation.  
Table 141. Register 29, Switchers 5  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
SW3MODE0  
SW3MODE1  
SW3MODE2  
SW3MODE3  
SW3MHMODE  
SW3UOMODE  
0
1
2
3
4
5
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
0
1
0
1
0
0
SW3 operating mode  
SW3 Memory Hold mode  
SW3 User Off mode  
OFFB  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
138  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 141. Register 29, Switchers 5  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
6
R
R
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
*
Not available  
Unused  
7
SW4MODE0  
SW4MODE1  
SW4MODE2  
SW4MODE3  
SW4MHMODE  
SW4UOMODE  
Unused  
8
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
OFFB  
9
SW4 operating mode  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
SW4 Memory Hold mode  
SW4 User Off mode  
OFFB  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Not available  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
SWBSTEN  
Unused  
R/W  
R
NONE  
SWBST enable  
Not available  
0
0
0
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Notes  
98. SWxMODE[3:0] bits will be reset to their default values by the startup sequencer based on PUMS settings. An enabled switcher will  
default to PWM mode (no pulse skipping) for both Normal and Standby operation.  
Table 142. Register 30, Regulator Setting 0  
Name  
VGEN10  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
*
VGEN1 setting  
Not available  
VDIG setting  
VGEN11  
Unused  
Unused  
VDIG0  
2
3
R
4
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
VDIG1  
5
*
VGEN20  
VGEN21  
VGEN22  
VPLL0  
6
*
7
*
VGEN2 setting  
8
*
9
*
VPLL setting  
VPLL1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
*
VUSB20  
VUSB21  
Unused  
VGEN3  
Unused  
VCAM0  
VCAM1  
Spare  
*
VUSB2 setting  
*
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available  
VGEN3 setting  
Not available  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
VCAM setting  
For future use  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Not available  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
R
R
R
R
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
139  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 143. Register 31, Regulator Setting 1  
Name  
Reserved  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R
R
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
For future use  
VVIDEO setting  
VAUDIO setting  
Reserved  
VVIDEO0  
VVIDEO1  
VAUDIO0  
VAUDIO1  
VSD10  
2
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
3
4
5
6
VSD11  
7
VSD setting  
VSD12  
8
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Not available  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 144. Register 32, Regulator Mode 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
VGEN1EN  
VGEN1STBY  
VGEN1MODE  
VIOHIEN  
VIOHISTBY  
Spare  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
NONE  
0
0
0
*
VGEN1 enable  
VGEN1 controlled by standby  
VGEN1 operating mode  
VIOHI enable  
2
3
4
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
*
VIOHI controlled by standby  
For future use  
5
Unused  
6
Not available  
Unused  
7
R
Not available  
Unused  
8
R
Not available  
VDIGEN  
9
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
NONE  
RESETB  
RESETB  
NONE  
VDIG enable  
VDIGSTBY  
Spare  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
0
0
*
VDIG controlled by standby  
For future use  
VGEN2EN  
VGEN2STBY  
VGEN2MODE  
VPLLEN  
VGEN2 enable  
RESETB  
RESETB  
NONE  
0
0
*
VGEN2 controlled by standby  
VGEN2 operating mode  
VPLL enable  
VPLLSTBY  
Spare  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
VPLL controlled by standby  
For future use  
VUSB2EN  
VUSB2STBY  
Spare  
VUSB2 enable  
VUSB2 controlled by standby  
For future use  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
140  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 144. Register 32, Regulator Mode 0  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
21  
22  
23  
R
R
R
0
0
0
Unused  
Unused  
Not available  
Table 145. Register 33, Regulator Mode 1  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
VGEN3EN  
VGEN3STBY  
VGEN3MODE  
VGEN3CONFIG  
Reserved  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
VGEN3 enable  
VGEN3controlled by standby  
VGEN3 operating mode  
VGEN3 with external PNP  
For future use  
2
3
4
Spare  
5
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
For future use  
VCAMEN  
6
VCAM enable  
VCAMSTBY  
VCAMMODE  
VCAMCONFIG  
Unused  
7
VCAM controlled by standby  
VCAM operating mode  
VCAM with external PNP  
Not available  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Reserved  
R
For future use  
VVIDEOEN  
VIDEOSTBY  
VVIDEOMODE  
VAUDIOEN  
VAUDIOSTBY  
Spare  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
VVIDEO enable  
VVIDEO controlled by standby  
VVIDEO operating mode  
VAUDIO enable  
VAUDIO controlled by standby  
For future use  
VSDEN  
VSD enable  
VSDSTBY  
VSDMODE  
Unused  
VSD controlled by standby  
VSD operating mode  
Unused  
R
Not available  
Unused  
R
Table 146. Register 34, Power Miscellaneous  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
REGSCPEN  
Unused  
0
1
R/W  
R
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Regulator short circuit protection enable  
Unused  
2
R
Unused  
3
R
Not available  
Unused  
4
R
Unused  
5
R
GPO1EN  
GPO1STBY  
GPO2EN  
GPO2STBY  
GPO3EN  
GPO3STBY  
GPO4EN  
GPO4STBY  
Unused  
6
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
GPO1 enable  
7
GPO1 controlled by standby  
GPO2 enable  
8
9
GPO2 controlled by standby  
GPO3 enable  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
GPO3 controlled by standby  
GPO4 enable  
GPO4 controlled by standby  
Not available  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
141  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 146. Register 34, Power Miscellaneous  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
PWGT1SPIEN  
PWGT2SPIEN  
Spare  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Power Gate 1 enable  
Power Gate 2 enable  
For future use  
Unused  
Unused  
R
Not available  
Unused  
R
GPO4ADIN  
Unused  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
GPO4 configured as ADC input (GPO drive tri-stated)  
Not available  
Unused  
R
Table 147. Register 35, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 148. Register 36, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 149. Register 37, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Reset  
Reset  
Reset  
Reset  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 150. Register 38, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 151. Register 39, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 152. Register 40, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 153. Register 41, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 154. Register 42, Unused  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
142  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 155. Register 43, ADC 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Enables lithium cell reading  
LICELLCON  
CHRGICON  
BATICON  
BUFFEN  
ADIN7SEL0  
ADIN7SEL1  
Unused  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Enables charge current reading  
Enables battery current reading  
Input buffer enable  
2
3
4
GP ADC Channel 7 mux selection 0  
GP ADC Channel 7 mux selection 1  
5
6
Not available  
Unused  
7
R
ADRESET  
ADIN7DIV  
TSREFEN  
Reserved  
TSMOD0  
TSMOD1  
TSMOD2  
CHRGRAWDIV  
ADINC1  
8
RWM  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Reset GP ADC system  
9
Divide by 2 enable for ADIN7  
Enables the touch screen reference  
For future use  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Sets the touch screen interface mode  
Sets CHRGRAW scaling to divide by 5  
Auto increment for ADA1  
Auto increment for ADA2  
Not available  
ADINC2  
Unused  
Spare  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
For future use  
Unused  
Unused  
R
Not available  
Unused  
R
ADCBIS0  
W
Access to the ADCBIS control  
Table 156. Register 44, ADC 1  
Name  
ADEN  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
RWM  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RWM  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Enables the ADC  
RAND  
ADCCAL  
ADSEL  
TRIGMASK  
ADA10  
ADA11  
ADA12  
ADA20  
ADA21  
ADA22  
ATO0  
Sets the single channel mode  
ADC Calibration  
2
3
Selects the set of inputs  
Trigger event masking  
4
5
6
Channel selection 1  
Channel selection 2  
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
ATO1  
ATO2  
ATO3  
Delay before first conversion  
ATO4  
ATO5  
ATO6  
ATO7  
ATOX  
Sets ATO delay for any conversion  
Starts conversion  
ASC  
ADTRIGIGN  
Ignores the ADTRIG input  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
143  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 156. Register 44, ADC 1  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Single trigger event only  
Access to the ADCBIS control  
ADONESHOT  
ADCBIS1  
22  
23  
R/W  
W
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
Table 157. Register 45, ADC 2  
Name  
Spare  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
For 12-bit use  
Spare  
ADD10  
ADD11  
ADD12  
ADD13  
ADD14  
ADD15  
ADD16  
ADD17  
ADD18  
ADD19  
Spare  
2
3
4
5
6
Results for channel selection 1  
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
For 12-bit use  
Spare  
ADD20  
ADD21  
ADD22  
ADD23  
ADD24  
ADD25  
ADD26  
ADD27  
ADD28  
ADD29  
Results for channel selection 2  
Table 158. Register 46, ADC 3  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
ICID0  
Not available  
Generation ID  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
ICID1  
ICID2  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
144  
Freescale Semiconductor  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 158. Register 46, ADC 3  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
9
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Unused  
Reserved  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Not available  
For future use  
For 12-bit use  
Table 159. Register 47, ADC 4  
Name  
Spare  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
NONE  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Spare  
ADDBIS10  
ADDBIS11  
ADDBIS12  
ADDBIS13  
ADDBIS14  
ADDBIS15  
ADDBIS16  
ADDBIS17  
ADDBIS18  
ADDBIS19  
Spare  
2
3
4
5
6
Result for channel selection 1 of ADCBIS  
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
For 12-bit use  
Spare  
ADDBIS20  
ADDBIS21  
ADDBIS22  
ADDBIS23  
ADDBIS24  
ADDBIS25  
ADDBIS26  
ADDBIS27  
ADDBIS28  
ADDBIS29  
Result for channel selection 2 of ADCBIS  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
145  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 160. Register 48, Charger 0  
Name  
VCHRG0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RWM  
RWM  
RWM  
RWM  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RWM  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
VCHRG1  
VCHRG2  
ICHRG0  
Sets the charge regulator output voltage  
2
3
ICHRG1  
4
Sets the main charger DAC current  
ICHRG2  
5
ICHRG3  
6
TREN  
7
Enables the internal trickle charger current  
Acknowledge Low-power Boot  
Battery thermistor check disable  
Allows BATTFET Control  
BATTFET Control  
ACKLPB  
8
THCHKB  
FETOVRD  
FETCTRL  
Spare  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
For future use  
RVRSMODE  
Unused  
Reverse mode enable  
Not available  
PLIM0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RWM  
RWM  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
Power limiter setting  
PLIM1  
PLIMDIS  
CHRGLEDEN  
CHGTMRRST  
CHGRESTART  
CHGAUTOB  
CYCLB  
Power limiter disable  
CHRGLED enable  
Charge timer reset  
Restarts charger state machine  
Avoids automatic charging while on  
Disables cycling  
CHGAUTOVIB  
Allows V and I programming  
Table 161. Register 49, USB 0  
Name  
Reserved  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
1
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Spare  
2
R
3
R
For future use  
4
R
5
R
6
R/W  
R
RESETB  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
7
8
R
9
R
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
R
R
R
For future use  
R
R
R
R
R
Not available  
For future use  
Unused  
R
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
R
R
R
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
146  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 161. Register 49, USB 0  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
UID pin pull up source select  
For future use  
IDPUCNTRL  
Reserved  
22  
23  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
0
0
Table 162. Register 50, Charger USB 1  
Name  
VUSBIN  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
R/W  
R
NONE  
*
Slave or Host configuration for VBUS  
Not available  
Unused  
Unused  
1
2
0
0
R
VUSB enable (PUMS2=Open)  
Also reset to 1 by invalid VBUS  
RESETB  
NONE  
1
VUSBEN  
3
R/W  
*
VUSB enable (PUMS2=GND)  
Unused  
4
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available  
Unused  
5
R
Reserved  
Reserved  
ID100KPU  
Reserved  
OTGSWBSTEN  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
6
R
For future use  
7
R
8
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
Switches in 100K UID pull-up  
For future use  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
R/W  
R
Enable SWBST for USB OTG mode  
R
For future use  
Not available  
R
R
Unused  
R
Reserved  
Spare  
R
For future use  
For future use  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
Spare  
Unused  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Not available  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Table 163. Register 51, LED Control 0  
Name  
Spare  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
For future use  
LEDMDHI  
LEDMDRAMP  
LEDMDDC0  
LEDMDDC1  
LEDMDDC2  
LEDMDDC3  
LEDMDDC4  
LEDMDDC5  
LEDMD0  
1
Main display driver high current mode  
Main display driver ramp enable  
2
3
4
5
Main display driver duty cycle  
6
7
8
9
LEDMD1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
Main display driver current setting  
LEDMD2  
Spare  
For future use  
LEDADHI  
Auxiliary display driver high current mode  
Auxiliary display driver ramp enable  
LEDADRAMP  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
147  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 163. Register 51, LED Control 0  
Name  
Bit #  
15  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
LEDADDC0  
LEDADDC1  
LEDADDC2  
LEDADDC3  
LEDADDC4  
LEDADDC5  
LEDAD0  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Auxiliary display driver duty cycle  
LEDAD1  
Auxiliary display driver current setting  
LEDAD2  
Table 164. Register 52, LED Control 1  
Name  
Spare  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
For future use  
LEDKPHI  
LEDKPRAMP  
LEDKPDC0  
LEDKPDC1  
LEDKPDC2  
LEDKPDC3  
LEDKPDC4  
LEDKPDC5  
LEDKP0  
LEDKP1  
LEDKP2  
Spare  
1
Keypad driver high current mode  
Keypad driver ramp enable  
2
3
4
5
Keypad driver duty cycle  
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Keypad driver current setting  
Spare  
For future use  
Not available  
Spare  
Unused  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Not available  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Table 165. Register 53, LED Control 2  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
LEDRPER0  
LEDRPER1  
LEDRRAMP  
LEDRDC0  
LEDRDC1  
LEDRDC2  
LEDRDC3  
LEDRDC4  
LEDRDC5  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Red channel blink period  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Red channel driver ramp enable  
Red channel driver duty cycle  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
148  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 165. Register 53, LED Control 2  
Name  
LEDR0  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
9
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LEDR1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Red channel driver current setting  
LEDR2  
LEDGPER0  
LEDGPER1  
LEDGRAMP  
LEDGDC0  
LEDGDC1  
LEDGDC2  
LEDGDC3  
LEDGDC4  
LEDGDC5  
LEDG0  
Green channel blink period  
Green channel driver ramp enable  
Green channel driver duty cycle  
LEDG1  
Green channel driver current setting  
LEDG2  
Table 166. Register 54, LED Control 3  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
LEDBPER0  
LEDBPER1  
LEDBRAMP  
LEDBDC0  
LEDBDC1  
LEDBDC2  
LEDBDC3  
LEDBDC4  
LEDBDC5  
LEDB0  
0
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
RESETB  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Blue channel blink period  
1
2
Blue channel driver ramp enable  
3
4
5
Blue channel driver duty cycle  
6
7
8
9
LEDB1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
Blue channel driver current setting  
LEDB2  
LEDSWBSTEN  
Spare  
Enable SWBST for RGB LED’s  
For future use  
Spare  
Unused  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Not available  
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Unused  
R
Table 167. Register 55, Not Used  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
149  
SPI BITMAP  
Table 168. Register 56, Not Used  
Name  
Unused  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
Description  
Description  
Description  
Description  
Description  
Description  
Description  
Description  
23-0  
R
0
Not available  
Table 169. Register 57, FSL Use Only  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
FSL Use Only  
23-0  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
FSL  
Table 170. Register 58, FSL Use Only  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
FSL Use Only  
23-0  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
FSL  
Table 171. Register 59, FSL Use Only  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
FSL Use Only  
23-0  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
FSL  
Table 172. Register 60, FSL Use Only  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
FSL Use Only  
23-0  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
FSL  
Table 173. Register 61, FSL Use Only  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
FSL Use Only  
23:0  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
FSL  
Table 174. Register 62, FSL Use Only  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
FSL Use Only  
23:0  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
FSL  
Table 175. Register 63, FSL Use Only  
Name  
Bit #  
R/W  
Reset  
Default  
FSL Use Only  
23:0  
R/W  
RTCPORB  
FSL  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
150  
Freescale Semiconductor  
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS  
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS  
Figure 35 contains a typical application of the MC13892. For convenience, components for use with the MC13892 are cited  
within this document. Freescale does not assume liability, endorse, or warrant components from external manufacturers that are  
referenced in circuit drawings or tables. While Freescale offers component recommendations in this configuration, it is the  
customer’s responsibility to validate their application.  
From Extenal Boost  
Charger/USB Input  
Tied to  
(Tied to VBUS)  
BATTISNSCC  
BP  
R1  
20m  
R2  
100m  
M3  
M2  
M1  
2.2u  
SWBST  
Main  
10u  
10u  
Battery  
SW3  
Processor  
Internal  
Memory  
User Off  
To 1.2V  
Peripherals  
Charger Interface and Control:  
4 bit DAC, Clamp, Protection,  
Trickle Generation  
Battery Interface &  
Protection  
SW4  
PWGTDRV1  
PWGTDRV2  
Tri-Color  
LED Drive  
Backlight  
LED Drive  
PWR Gate  
Drive & Chg  
Pump  
To Memory  
User Off, Memory Hold  
SW1  
Output  
To 1.8V  
Peripherals  
BP  
LICELL, UID, Die Temp, GPO4  
4.7u  
Voltage /  
Current  
Sensing &  
Translation  
GNDADC  
SW1IN  
1.5u  
2 x22u  
O/P  
Drive  
SW1OUT  
GNDSW1  
SW1FB  
SW1  
1050 mA  
Buck  
SW2  
Output  
ADIN5  
ADIN6  
General Purpose ADC Inputs:  
i.e., Battery pack thermistor,  
PA thermistor, Light Sensor, Etc.  
BP  
BP  
4.7u  
4.7u  
4.7u  
2.2u  
SW2IN  
10u  
ADIN7  
TSX1  
O/P  
Drive  
SW2OUT  
GNDSW2  
SW2FB  
10 Bit GP  
ADC  
A/D Result  
SW2  
800 mA  
Buck  
SW3  
Output  
MUX  
TSX2  
TSY1  
Touch  
Screen  
Interface  
2.2u  
A/D  
Control  
SW3IN  
Touch  
Screen  
Interface  
10u  
O/P  
Drive  
SW3OUT  
GNDSW3  
SW3FB  
SW3  
800 mA  
Buck  
TSY2  
SW4  
Output  
Trigger  
Handling  
Die Temp &  
Thermal Warning  
Detection  
TSREF  
To Interrupt  
Section  
BP  
2.2u  
SW4IN  
10u  
ADTRIG  
From AP  
O/P  
Drive  
SW4OUT  
GNDSW4  
SW4FB  
SW4  
800 mA  
Buck  
From M3/R1 connection  
(needs to be separate route from  
BATTISNS)  
BATTISNSCC  
CFP  
BATT  
Coulomb  
Counter  
DVS1  
DVS2  
CCOUT  
BP  
From AP  
From AP  
4.7u  
DVS  
CONTROL  
To SPI  
10uF  
CFM  
2.2u  
SWBST  
Output  
(Boost)  
Package Pin Legend  
SWBSTIN  
SWBSTOUT  
SWBSTFB  
GNDSWBST  
Output Pin  
O/P  
Drive  
BP  
SWBST  
300 mA  
Boost  
MC13892  
IC  
Input Pin  
10u  
SPIVCC  
Shift Register  
Bi-directional Pin  
SW4  
CS  
SPI  
Interface  
+
Muxed  
I2C  
CLK  
SPI  
BP  
AP CSPI  
To Enables & Control  
MOSI  
MISO  
SPI Control  
Registers  
VVIDEODRV  
VVIDEO  
Optional  
Interface  
VVIDEO  
VUSB2  
GNDSPI  
2.2u  
Shift Register  
VINUSB2  
VUSB2  
2.2u  
BP  
BP  
Pass  
FET  
2.2u  
VIINAUDIO  
VAUDIO  
VCORE  
2.2u  
Pass  
FET  
VAUDIO  
VCOREDIG  
MC13892  
Reference  
Generation  
2.2u  
REFCORE  
GNDCORE  
VINIOHI  
VIOHI  
BP 2.2u  
Pass  
FET  
VVIOHI  
VPLL  
100n  
VINPLL  
VPLL  
2.2u  
2.2u  
Pass  
FET  
BP  
BP  
BP  
VINDIG  
VDIG  
UID  
Pass  
FET  
VDIG  
VCAM  
VSD  
To/From  
USB Cable  
VBUS/ID  
Detectors  
ID  
UVBUS  
CHRGRAW  
VINCAMDRV  
Pass  
FET  
2.2u  
BP  
VCAM  
VSDDRV  
VSD  
VBUSEN  
OTG  
5V  
From AP  
SWBST  
2.2u  
BP  
To  
SPI  
Trim-In-Package  
Trimmed  
Circuits  
VUSB  
Regulator  
Control  
Logic  
VGEN1DRV  
VGEN1  
VINUSB  
VUSB  
VGEN1  
VGEN2  
BP  
2.2u  
2.2u  
VGEN2DRV  
VGEN2  
Startup  
Sequencer  
Decode  
Trim?  
Control  
Logic  
PUMS  
PLL  
Switchers  
BP  
2.2u  
VINGEN3DRV  
VGEN3  
Monitor  
Timer  
Pass  
FET  
VGEN3  
BP  
LCELL  
Switch  
RTC +  
Calibration  
32 KHz  
Internal  
Osc  
LICELL  
2.2u  
Coin Cell  
Battery  
100n  
SPI Result  
Registers  
Interrupt  
Inputs  
Enables &  
Control  
Li Cell  
Charger  
32 KHz  
Buffers  
Best  
of  
Supply  
GNDREG1  
GNDREG2  
GNDREG3  
GPO  
Control  
32 KHz  
Crystal  
Osc  
Core Control Logic, Timers, & Interrupts  
VSRTC  
1.0u  
To GND,  
Open,  
VCOREDIG  
or VCORE  
To/From  
AP  
To/From  
Peripherals  
To/From  
AP  
18p  
18p  
32.768 KHz  
Crystal  
On/Off  
Button  
Figure 35. MC13892 Typical Application  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
151  
 
PACKAGING  
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS  
PACKAGING  
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS  
For the most current package revision, visit www.freescale.com and perform a keyword search using the “98A” listed below.  
VK SUFFIX  
139-PIN  
98ASA10820D  
REVISION 0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
152  
Freescale Semiconductor  
PACKAGING  
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS  
VK SUFFIX  
139-PIN  
98ASA10820D  
REVISION 0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
153  
PACKAGING  
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS  
VL SUFFIX  
186-PIN  
98ASA10849D  
REVISION 0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
154  
Freescale Semiconductor  
PACKAGING  
PACKAGE DIMENSIONS  
VL SUFFIX  
186-PIN  
98ASA10849D  
REVISION 0  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
155  
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION  
ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION  
Table 176. Additional Documentation  
Document Number  
Description  
MC13892ER  
MC13783  
MC13892ER, Silicon Mask Errata  
MC13783, Power Management and Audio Circuit  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
156  
Freescale Semiconductor  
REVISION HISTORY  
REVISION HISTORY  
REVISION DATE  
DESCRIPTION  
Added MC13892CJVK and MC13892CJVL to the ordering information  
Changed RT from 45 k to 4.5 k in Table 73 for THIGH  
In the Static Electrical Characteristics table, changed Input Operating Voltage - CHRGRAW from 17 V to 5.6 V on  
page 24.  
14.0  
11/2011  
Changed Input Operating Voltage - CHRGRAW from 17 V to 5.6 V in Table 64.  
Added MC13892DJVK and MC13892DJVL to Table 1, MC13892 Device Variations.  
15.0  
16.0  
17.0  
4/2012  
4/2012  
5/2012  
Corrected Global Reset Functions in Table 1  
Clarified the Global Reset function for silicon versions A, B, C and D throughout the document  
Section PWRON1, 2 and 3 on page 37  
Section Global System Restart on page 60  
Table 125, Register 13, Power Control 0  
Reformatted Table 111 so it can be seen in its entirety, rotated 90 degrees  
Rotated tables 112-114 to portrait format.  
Readjusted the footer position to match template.  
18.0  
19.0  
10/2012  
No technical changes. Revised back page. Updated document properties. Added SMARTMOS sentence to first  
paragraph.  
4/2013  
4/2014  
Added Additional note to Battery Thermistor Check Operation  
MC13892  
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data  
Freescale Semiconductor  
157  
Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software implementers to use Freescale products.  
There are no express or implied copyright licenses granted hereunder to design or fabricate any integrated circuits based  
on the information in this document.  
How to Reach Us:  
Home Page:  
freescale.com  
Web Support:  
freescale.com/support  
Freescale reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Freescale makes no  
warranty, representation, or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does  
Freescale assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any  
and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. “Typical” parameters that may be  
provided in Freescale data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications, and actual performance  
may vary over time. All operating parameters, including “typicals,” must be validated for each customer application by  
customer’s technical experts. Freescale does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others.  
Freescale sells products pursuant to standard terms and conditions of sale, which can be found at the following address:  
freescale.com/SalesTermsandConditions.  
Freescale and the Freescale logo are trademarks of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., Reg. U.S. Pat. & Tm. Off.  
SMARTMOS is a trademark of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. All other product or service names are the property of their  
respective owners.  
© 2014 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.  
Document Number: MC13892  
Rev. 19.0  
4/2014  

相关型号:

SI9130DB

5- and 3.3-V Step-Down Synchronous Converters

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135LG-T1-E3

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9135_11

SMBus Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9136_11

Multi-Output Power-Supply Controller

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130CG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130LG-T1-E3

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9130_11

Pin-Programmable Dual Controller - Portable PCs

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137DB

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9137LG

Multi-Output, Sequence Selectable Power-Supply Controller for Mobile Applications

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY

SI9122E

500-kHz Half-Bridge DC/DC Controller with Integrated Secondary Synchronous Rectification Drivers

Warning: Undefined variable $rtag in /www/wwwroot/website_ic37/www.icpdf.com/pdf/pdf/index.php on line 217
-
VISHAY